February, 2001
Ashcroft Nomination
The longer one lives the more one appreciates the
old
Greek's statement that "there is nothing new under the sun."
During the confirmation hearings of Senator
Ashcroft for Attorney General the Salt Lake Tribune carried an
article
about the Senator with the headline: "Democrats Zero In on Ashcroft
Speech
Referring to Jesus as King of the U.S."
This is a typical example which
demonstrates how
public opinion is manipulated, because a fair number of readers just
glance at
headlines and then go on to the sports pages unless they have already
read
those first. Politics is not their bag and that is why they don't
bother to
vote. The article, authored by Libby Quaid, and carried by the
Associated
Press, deals with Ashcroft's "six paragraph address" before the
students and faculty of Bob Jones University which is a Fundamentalist
Christian
institution. The article quoted Ashcroft as saying "Unique among the
nations, America recognized the source of our character as being godly
and
eternal, not being civic and temporal. And because we have understood
that our
source is eternal, America has been different. We have no king but
Jesus."
The article did admit that Ashcroft had said earlier that the "American
colonists routinely told emissaries from the king of England, 'We have
no king
but Jesus' when they were asked to pay taxes." The fact that the
audience
was profoundly Christian does put the comment into a different context
which
tends to be missed when one only reads the headline.
For Christians Jesus is indeed their king
and
this got Cardinal Innitzer of Vienna in October of
1938 into
deep trouble when he had the audacity to tell this to Catholic
university
students who had gathered for the annual mass at the beginning of the
school
year. From the pulpit of St. Stephen's cathedral he told his audience:”
we will
especially at this time [5 months after the Nazis had taken over
Austria]
assert strongly and resolutely our faith; to testify for Jesus
our
Fuehrer and master, our king and his
church."
Predictably the Nazis did not take kindly to this affront because there
was
only one Fuehrer of Greater Germany and his name was Adolf Hitler. What
the
Nazis did, thereafter, can be found in War and Mayhem.
Have some of our Democrats now stepped
into the
shoes of the Nazis? Are they also determined to stamp out this
"mischievous superstition" as Tacitus had called Christianity?
March 2001
Whither
Zionism?
Whither Zionism? is now at the publisher and ought to be available within a month or so. It
presents the historical basis of the current Middle East conflict from the Greco-Roman era until
today. But don't worry, it is written in simple language that even our politicians and "public
opinion makers" can understand. Furthermore the information is condensed into only a little over one
hundred pages.
This was done on purpose so that the people in charge of our lives have no excuse of being too
busy for reading the material. The Arab-Israeli conflict is nothing else but a replay of ancient
history with America having assumed the role formerly played by Rome. Since our tax dollars are used for arms and ammunitions in that part of the world, and since the oil spigot can be turned off at a moment's notice,
the history of that region is not an idle academic exercise but vitally important to all of us. One of
my goals in life has always been to deprive myself of excuses and now is the time to do this to our
policy makers. Ignorance is not bliss, it leads to disasters.
April 2001
Arab-Israeli Conflict
Whither Zionism? is now available
through www.trafford.com/robots/01-0067.html.
The site also provides the Introduction and the Conclusion of the book.
Additional excerpts are available here. In view of the deteriorating
situation
in the Middle East the book is exceedingly topical and not only
provides the
reasons for the conflict but also makes some concrete suggestions. If
these
were followed further escalation of the fighting could be prevented and
some
degree of stability might be achieved.
Since neither the Israelis nor the Palestinians will be able to
disengage
themselves from the current level of violence the suggestion is made
that the
United States agree that a fact-finding commission, appointed by the
United
Nations, be dispatched to the Middle East. This commission ought to
consist of
members from countries who are truly neutral in the conflict. A White
Paper
should then be published which presents the world with the facts as
they
currently exist but without casting blame. The commission's
recommendations
should then be publicly discussed and a reasonable compromise between
the
wishes of the opposing parties may become possible.
The Israeli government may oppose such a commission as outside
interference
into what are regarded as internal concerns. Nevertheless the precedent
for
such "interference" has been set in the recent "non-war"
with Yugoslavia. Kosovo was and is part of the national territory of
Yugoslavia
but NATO under U.S. leadership felt obligated to bomb the country in
defense of
human rights. The "West Bank" is not part of Israel proper but
represents occupied territory. The American people do not have full
information
on what transpires in the area because Israeli military censorship
prevents it.
Complete disclosure is, therefore, essential so that a solution which
provides
justice for both sides can be arrived at.
The American Jewish community will have a vital role to play now. If
the
leaders of major Jewish organizations support a commission as suggested
above
and bring their influence to bear on the Knesset towards a just and
peaceful
resolution of this tragedy, they will have provided great benefits to
America,
Israel, and the world at large. They will have shown that Jews really
mean it
when they say that the task of Judaism is to be "a blessing to the
world!" If the American Jewish community simply abstains from making
comments this will be taken as tacit support for current policies by
the powers
in Jerusalem, and the slaughter will continue. If the American Jewish
community
were to openly oppose the suggested commission and force the United
States to
veto a resolution in the Security Council for sending an unarmed
fact-finding,
rather than peace- keeping, commission to the area they would lend
active
assistance to chauvinistic circles in the Israeli government. Under
those
circumstances a major war in the area with disastrous economic
world-wide
consequences may well be impossible to avert.
Official American Jewish circles are very concerned about a
re-emergence of
anti-Semitism in this country and are actively soliciting funds to
combat it.
Money cannot solve the problem; only honesty and good will can do so!
This
means, however, that first of all one has to listen to the other side
and
reason has to take precedence over passion. If Jewish passions
(understandable
as they might be) were allowed to overrule reason, anti-Semitism would
erupt in
full bloom.
May 2001
Today's Vienna
This was a rather busy month taken up by attempts
to promote
Whither Zionism?, a trip to Vienna with
a side-tour to Munich, and the dispatch of a manuscript entitled Satan
to First Things.
The results of the efforts in regard to Whither Zionism? will
be
discussed in the June segment and the trip to Vienna had a dual
purpose. The
timing had been dictated by testimony in a court case but there was
also the
intent to use the occasion to get some publicity for War and Mayhem
in
my native city. The side-trip to Munich was made in order to meet a
colleague
and his wife for scientific purposes and subsequently another physician
couple
who had expressed interest in translating War and Mayhem into
the
German language.
Apart from this official program I had also looked forward to the trip
in order
to visit with old friends, enjoy the Viennese cuisine and one of the
highlights
was supposed to have been a visit to the Burgtheater.
Anyone
who has read War and Mayhem will recall my fondness for this
institution of classic theater performances. It is Vienna's answer to
the Comédie
Francaise in Paris. The building has been restored from the war
ravages to
its former glory and Weh dem der luegt by Grillparzer
(Austria's most
famous poet and dramatist) was on the program.
Grillparzer has always intrigued me, not only out of
local
patriotism but also on account of some of the verses which stayed in
memory.
For instance in Der Traum ein Leben (The Dream a Life)
Rustan, a
simple boy, dreamt that he was king; but in achieving this exalted
station and
in the execution of his office he had to commit several outrages. Upon
awakening
in the morning Rustan was exceedingly grateful for his lowly stature in
life
and prayed on his knees: Eines nur ist Glueck hienieden. Eins: des
Innern
stiller Frieden und die schuldbefreite Brust! Und die Groesze ist
gefaehrlich.
Und der Ruhm ein leeres Spiel; Was er gibt sind nicht'ge Schatten, Was
er nimmt
es ist so viel! (The only happiness here below is inner peace and
the
heart which is freed of guilt. Greatness is dangerous, glory a
pointless game,
what it gives are merely shadows, what it takes away is oh so much). In
1849
Grillparzer expressed his feelings about the previous year's revolution
in the
guise of Emperor Rudolf's II words during the 30 years war. In the
drama the
dregs of society had risen up and demanded equality, to which Rudolf
answered: bis
alles gleich, weil alles niedrig (till everything is equal because
everything is base)! Our current society is also doing its best to
erase
distinctions of any kind bis alles gleich, weil alles niedrig!
The timelessness of classic literature was also driven home to me
during the
Clinton-Lewinsky scandal. I had a vague feeling of having been aware of
a
similar situation but didn't realize the close parallel until I re-read
Grillparzer's Die Juedin von Toledo (the Jewess of Toledo).
It's all
there except that our friend Bill did not require much seduction and
the ending
was different. Rahel-Monica gets killed by infuriated friends of the
Queen,
rather than ending up with book contracts, and the King goes off to
fight the
Moors, instead of traveling around the world making money by giving
speeches to
one and all. Those were some of my associations with the Burgtheater
and the
reason why I looked forward to the evening.
Unfortunately past memories where the classic plays were performed in
appropriate
period decor and where, even during war time, people were dressed in
their
Sunday best when they went to the theater, had to remain locked in the
brain
and could not be revitalized by what was going on in the audience and
on the
stage. I had never seen nor read Weh dem der luegt (Woe to him
who
lies) previously, and as author of "thinkruth.com" was ready for an
interesting morality play. Unfortunately post-modern deconstructionism
has also
hit Europe and what was offered on the stage was a disaster. All one
could say
was: poor Grillparzer; he really didn't deserve that.
The stage setting ranged from primitive to absent e.g. the entire first
and
fifth act had only the huge empty stage with the three walls adorned by
flowery
wallpaper. I found out subsequently that the scene was to have taken
place in a
garden. Apparently the wallpaper was supposed to lead one to that
conclusion!
In the other acts the setting was equally primitive and gave no hint to
the
uninitiated as to what the author's intent had been. As far as the rest
of the
performance was concerned, there was open display of nudity, the
purpose of
which eluded one and rock noises emanated intermittently from
loudspeakers
which drowned out what the poor actors were trying to say. In the final
act
where the play calls for Christian forgiveness of the enemy and secure
passage
for those who had surrendered we were treated to an attempted rape and
a
gruesome killing where the perpetrator seems to tear open the
adversary's
innards and then smears himself with the blood of the victim. All this
on the
stage of a theater which prides itself as the epitome of German
language
culture. At the end I had no idea what the play was really intended to
be all
about. I vowed then and there that I would no longer visit the
Burgtheater
unless they present classic material in timeless form.
In addition, not only were the actors dressed shabbily so was the
audience.
Sweaters, T- shirts and Levis were in and the dark suit I wore was out.
Grillparzer was right: bis alles gleich weil alles niedrig!
Unless you
can play to, and for, the lowest instincts and you profane whatever has
been
held holy you no longer belong to the world of art and culture. You are
simply
"not with it."
I thought that this particular performance may have been a temporary
aberration
and an isolated event but as my friends and colleagues assured me this
is in
fact what is regarded as art even in Vienna, which used to be a beacon
of
culture. The Opera has also been infected by this
"modernity," as I was told. In Beethoven's Fidelio
the helpers of the evil Pizarro wore SS uniforms! Why were they not
presented
as GPU commissars or even more modern as Castro's henchmen? Is evil
from now on
limited to Nazis? These are cheap propaganda tricks which detract from
the
performances rather than enhance them. I had, and still have, no use
for the
Nazis but the current so called art scene does smack of "entartete
Kunst" (degenerate art).
Even in Austria the intellectual elite is thoroughly leftist, sees
itself as
the vanguard of the future and from all the newspapers there is only
the Kronenzeitung
which gives vent to the real feelings of the common people and,
therefore, has
the largest circulation. This is also the explanation of the Haider
phenomenon. It has nothing to do with Nazism and everything with a
revulsion
against the incessant Marxist "avant-garde" drumbeat.
Society has to be reformed in their image. The common folks don't like
it, but
they are intimidated similar to Nazi times, and the children are
indoctrinated.
The color has changed from brown to red and there are no concentration
camps
but genuine free speech and open investigations of the Nazi era,
specifically
of the Holocaust, are not permitted. There are laws against it and one
can be
jailed The book is closed and must remain so.
Having come from the U.S., a still relatively open society (the reason
for the
qualification will become apparent in the June update), I expected that
opinions on history which do not engage in the good vs. evil polemic
could be
openly presented in democratic Austria. Free speech
is, or at
least should be, the hallmark of a democracy. That this is not so I
found out
when I thought it might be a good idea to organize a public discussion
of War
and Mayhem as part of a book promotion. I was, however, advised by
well
meaning friends against it because anything that presents both sides of
the
coin and which might possibly be construed as not rendering sufficient
emphasis
on specifically Jewish suffering during WWII would risk an outcry by
Jewish
organizations.
As a result of the coalition government between the People's Party and
the
Freedom Party with the exclusion of the Socialists, Austria
is
currently on probation and foreign observers watch
every move.
A few weeks prior to my arrival there was a mini uproar in the country
over a
demand by the Chief Rabbi of the Kultusgemeinde for Austria
to admit
10.000 Jews in order to revitalize Jewish life in Vienna. In addition
he wanted
Austria to assume the debts of the Kultusgemeinde which
apparently are
considerable. Schuessel - the chancellor- said in so
many
words he would take about 500 people but the country could not be held
responsible for debts which it did not incur. Since this answer was
regarded as
inadequate and Haider could not resist the temptation
to add
his two cents of populist rhetoric by making a pun on the Chief Rabbi's
name,
the feelings between official Jewry and the population are somewhat
tense at
the moment.
Since I did not want to feed ill-feelings I abstained from the planned
book
promotion but regard it as terribly unfortunate that the people in
charge of
official Jewish organizations don't seem to realize that incessant
demands will
not be met with heartfelt endorsement and that they thereby tend to
encourage
anti-Jewish sentiments. These are, of course, not allowed to be voiced
in
public and one hears about them only privately.
Jewish feelings were, however, only one part of the aborted book
promotion. The
wind blows from the left, as has repeatedly been mentioned and,
contrary to
what happens in sailboat regattas, port tack has right of way over
starboard
tack. Protest against the right is currently de rigeur and Widerstand
(resistance) is the key word for youngsters and elitists. On buildings
one could
see banners Kultur ist Widerstand or Kunst ist Widerstand.
That this cheapens the genuine sacrifices the Austrian resistance
movement made
during the war, where Widerstand resulted in KZ and/or death, these new
generations (we are after all grandparents for some of them already)
cannot or
do not want to comprehend. I was told that every Thursday afternoon
youngsters
march for a while along the Ringstrasse shouting such edifying slogans
like "Widerstand,
Widerstand, Schuessel, Haider an die Wand" (resistance,
resistance,
Schuessel, Haider against the wall). That one is to be shot when lined
up
against a wall goes without saying. Thus the mob hasn't changed,
neither have
the slogans, and the only difference is the perceived enemy. For the
Nazis it
was Juden und Pfaffen (Jews and clergy) who were to
be
hanged. I had intended to watch one of these processions but illness in
the
family required a premature departure from Vienna and return to the
States.
That youngsters are getting a dose of indoctrination in favor of the
left
became apparent when I was invited by the authorities of my former Mittelschule,
from which I had been thrown out by the Nazis as "an abscess on the
body
of the German people" in 1941, to hold a discussion with the students
of
the fourth as well as subsequently the seventh and eighth grade. In
Austria one
attends Mittelschule from age ten to age eighteen and there are,
therefore,
eight grades. I was warmly welcomed by teachers and students and the
discussions, in form of questions by the pupils, went well. In contrast
to my
time there, the school is now co-ed and it was the girls who
participated more
actively than the boys. One key question stuck in mind: "How can we
prevent right wing extremism in the future?" It was appropriate in the
context because we were talking about Nazis but I felt it important to
explain
that left wing extremism is just as dangerous and has to be exposed
with equal
vigor. This is where the danger lies today The students were receptive
but it
seemed to be a new concept because they tend to get mainly one-sided
information. Nazi crimes get the exclusive attention but other outrages
which
had occurred during and in the aftermath of WWII are never mentioned.
This is
not meant to excuse the behavior of the Nazis, which is inexcusable,
but
history should be presented from all sides and not just one.
There were two other surprises. Learning by rote and reciting the
classics has
become a lost art. This is unfortunate for two reasons. One is that
memory is
no longer challenged and trained; the other is that one builds thereby
a
reservoir of information into one's brain which, just like songs, can
be tapped
in hours of boredom or crisis to banish unwanted idle or frustrating
thoughts.
The other surprise was the non-existent dress code; sloppiness of
attire by the
students is just as marked as it is on our schools. Whether or not they
still
stand up when the teacher enters I don't know. These may be regarded as
minor
points but lack of attention to attire does imply lack of respect for
others.
Yet, from lack of respect a good many of the other unwanted
consequences,
including poor study habits, flow. On the other hand there have to date
been no
shootings or knifings in Viennese schools which is a plus.
Now to other positive aspects. For Americans a trip to Austria and
Vienna can
be heartily recommended. Unless one wants to go to the Burgtheater,
which is at
this time not advisable anyway, no language skills are necessary
because
practically everybody speaks English and the people have retained their
friendliness. In Jewish circles there may be some concern about the
proverbial
anti-Semitism of the Viennese but this is not warranted because it does
not
apply to individuals. Anybody, regardless of ethnic or religious
background is
being treated politely unless the person claims special privileges or
throws
his weight around. Under those circumstances one can expect either
sullenness
or a flash flood of verbal insults, but at no time is there any
physical
aggression.
The public buildings have been sandblasted, look practically new, and
even the
private apartment houses are steadily cleaned from the soot of bygone
ages. The
city looks impressive, the abundant parks are well kept, flowers are in
bloom,
and the public transportation system is excellent. Do not attempt to
drive a
car in Vienna, except for getting into or out of town. Even if you have
been
there before you are bound to get lost in the maze of one-way streets.
The city
simply wasn't built for today's traffic. But you really don't need a
car
because, as mentioned, public transportation with trolleys, subways and
buses
is excellent and there are also numerous taxis. The cabbies may be from
Africa,
Turkey, Bosnia or other assorted places but most of the time they do
find their
way around. Some, especially the Viennese ones, may ask you if you have
a
preferred route to your destination but even if you do, decline the
offer
because he/she knows better and will not take advantage of you.
Here is a typical experience. I am not only handicapped on account of
gait
problems but also by my Viennese accent. Everybody in Vienna
automatically
assumes that I have been living there all along and when I have to ask
for
directions or if I make suggestions to a cabbie which may not be
appropriate
due to changed circumstances I get peculiar looks or even "the lip."
Two years ago I had to go to mother's lawyer on account of the estate
settlement and his office was on the Mariahilferstrasse, which is a
rather
broad and busy thoroughfare. The lady took me from the Ringstrasse up
the
Mariahilferstrasse but the problem was that the lawyer's office was on
the
other side of the street. Since I wanted to minimize my walking because
of
serious hip pain where every step felt like hitting a sore tooth (the
hip joint
has been replaced in the meantime with excellent results) I suggested
that she
go up the Gumpendorferstrasse instead and then come down on the proper
side of
the Mariahilferstrasse. This elicited a totally unexpected flood of
anger and
it was apparent that she had what's referred to here as "a bad hair
day." I realized what was going on and instead of biting back I
patiently
explained my dual handicaps. The result was totally surprising. She did
stop on
the wrong side of the street, subsequently insisted that I take her arm
(although I wasn't that crippled), led me across the busy street, gave
me a hug
on the other side, kissed me on both cheeks, and wished me well. Now
that is
what is known as the goldene Wienerherz (the golden Viennese
heart).
If you treat people right they will do so also and a possible flash of
sudden
anger, caused by whatever, disappears right away.
It is also advisable to take a more leisurely approach during your stay
then
let us say in New York. Rather than just rushing around from one of the
cultural sites to the next and taking one's leave within a day or so,
visit the
Vienna Woods with their numerous small restaurants and
hotels.
The Tulbingerkogel, for instance, is only half an hour from
town and
you find yourself in pristine nature with an unimpeded view over the
countryside, while you can indulge in your favorite cocktail and
subsequently
enjoy a perfectly prepared dinner from a large menu. If you do not have
friends
with a car a taxi will take you and the prices are reasonable. Rax,
Schneeberg
and Semmering can also be reached by car within an hour and one gets
there an
idea of the real Austria unaffected by foreign influences. In sum and
substance
visit Vienna and her environs whenever you have a chance to do so, you
will
enjoy it.
June 2001
Metaphysical Guilt
As mentioned previously April and the early part
of May were
also devoted to get Whither Zionism? into the hands of
people
who control our fate. I am a scientist and have few illusions about the
behavior of my fellow human beings, especially of those who are in
power. But
scientists love experiments, even when they think they know the
outcome. Whither
Zionism? was such an experiment. Everyone who has eyes to see and
ears to
hear must know that the current Middle East policies are doomed to
failure and
bound to lead to disaster.
In the February update I mentioned that there is nothing new under the
sun,
when it comes to human behavior as exemplified by the allegations
against
Senator Ashcroft during his confirmation hearings. On p.36 of Whither
Zionism? there is a quote from Josephus in
regard to
events just prior to the onset of the Jewish war against Rome which had
the
result that: "many of the most eminent of the Jews swam away from the
city
[Jerusalem], as from a ship when it was going to sink [II 20:1]." The
June
5, 2001 issue of the Salt Lake Tribune carried an article
headlined
"Moderates Fleeing Middle East" The article starts with: "Worn
down by eight months of violence that shows no sign of easing, many
Israelis
and Palestinians are packing their bags for the United States or
Canada...." Two millennia have made no difference in that part of the
world.
The question arises, therefore, what is the responsibility of
the individual citizen both here and in Israel in order to bring about
a degree
of sanity in that troubled land. We Americans will be held responsible,
whether
we like it or not, because it is no secret that Israel is our client
state. Why
does this bother me personally? Because, as a former citizen of Austria
and
subsequently the Greater German Reich, I am told that I bear personal
guilt for
Hitler's atrocities! This is no exaggeration. Karl Jaspers,
the renowned German existentialist philosopher wrote a booklet in 1946
during
the Nuremberg trials Die Schuldfrage. Ein Beitrag zur
deutschen
Frage.(The question of guilt. A contribution to the German
Question). In it he explained that there are four types of guilt. 1.
Legal
guilt for criminal behavior, 2. Political guilt for allowing a
repressive
regime to come to power or when in power to tolerate it, 3. Moral guilt
for
personal misconduct, even when under orders, and 4. Metaphysical guilt
which
flows from the demand that every human being is co-responsible for all
the
wrongs and injustices which are being perpetrated in the world when one
knows
about them and simply stands by without taking action. Ergo
in
relation to the Nazis I am absolved from criminal or moral guilt
because I
didn't do anything bad but I am supposed to have political guilt
because I had
to live under them and did not volunteer for an act punishable by death
or
concentration camp. I am also supposed to be co-responsible for their
criminal
acts on the metaphysical plane. Jaspers writes of himself : "Dasz
ich
noch lebe, wenn solches geschehen ist, legt sich als untilgbare Schuld
auf mich"
(the fact that I am still alive I carry with me as inexpungeable
guilt). Please
note the term untilgbar - inexpungeable. Whatever one does
after the
fact is irrelevant for this particular form of guilt and one Jewish
author has
proclaimed that the German people have been stamped with the mark of
Cain on
their foreheads for eternity. This has, of course, practical uses
because
German as well as Austrian citizens can now be collared for financial
retributions in perpetuity. Inexpungeable guilt!
There is obviously some hyperbole in Jaspers' exposition. If one were
to follow
his thoughts to their logical conclusion one would have to say that all
the
citizens of the former Soviet Union had political guilt for allowing
Lenin to
come to power and for submitting to Stalin's crimes. All the millions
of
Cambodians whom Pol Pot drove into the rice paddies and who didn't die
were
guilty for having survived. The more than a billion Chinese are guilty
of still
tolerating the communist regime, not to speak of the North Koreans,
Vietnamese,
or the Cubans who have to make do with Castro on their island. These
are just a
few examples for the difference between philosophic ideas and the harsh
realities of this world.
Nevertheless, Jaspers is correct that when one sees a catastrophe in
the
making, shrugs ones shoulders and says I can't do anything about it
anyway, one
may incur a degree of metaphysical guilt. In a closed society the
individual is
severely limited in his options, but what possibilities exist in the
so-called
free world? To explore these Whither Zionism? was written and
distributed to all the members of the Bush administration, as well as
all the
members of the House and Senate: International Relations Committee,
Armed
Services Committee and Appropriations Committee.
In addition, review copies were sent to all the major daily newspapers
in the
country and the major TV pundits. The Wiesenthal Center,
the Holocaust
Memorial in Washington and the Anti-defamation League
also got copies. Furthermore, Steven Spielberg is
known for
his interest in the fate of the Jewish people and I thought that the
reasons
for the destruction of Jerusalem and its temple when depicted
accurately,
rather than from a propaganda point of view, could provide an excellent
lesson
for chauvinistic hotheads.
The result was, of course, predictable. DreamWorks
returned
the book with the comment that they have a policy to reject all
unsolicited
material and, therefore, the book is being returned unread. I can't
even use it
any more for anybody else because it carries an autograph to Spielberg.
There
were no replies from any of the magazines, newspapers or TV
personalities. As
far as politicians are concerned there was also mostly silence apart
from eight
notable exceptions where I received polite form letters or cards,
including one
from Dick Cheney's office who thanked me and wished
me well On
the other hand our National Security Advisor Condoleeza Rice
was too busy to even ask her staff to reply, although she was contacted
on
repeated occasions.
During the Easter recess I tried to get in personal touch with my
senators but
got no further than their secretaries. They are just too busy to bother
seeing
constituents. In olden days you could get an audience even with the
emperor or
give Caesar a personal petition, but no more when "the people" rule!
The irony is that the senators I did vote for didn't give me time of
day but my
Congressman, Jim Matheson, for whom I did not vote,
was
willing to lend me his ears and I could put the book personally into
his hands.
He is new on the job, not yet infected with the disdain for the
constituents
who pay his salary and obviously wants to get re-elected. The senators
have
nothing to fear, their secretaries who shield them know it, so why
bother?
Thus, we have a very effective censorship in this
country for
ideas which do not emanate from well known public figures. In the first
instance a "reputable publisher" will not take your manuscript
because a) the editor may not agree with the contents and possibly more
importantly b) it won't bring in huge quantities of money. In our free
country
one can then take the self-publishing route which gets the book in
print but
that's the end. Papers will not review it and even if you want to give
it to
your local library one lady told me in regard to War and Mayhem
after
leafing through it in a cursory fashion: "We only take books from
reputable publishers." Therefore, unless one has the good fortune to be
a
member of the old boys, or gals for that matter, network your chances
of
getting heard or read are astronomically small.
The same applies, of course to this website. Who in, literally, all the
world
is going to find it, even when it is submitted to all the search
engines. There
is just too much stuff on this "information superhighway" and its
bumper to bumper traffic.
So, what has been accomplished? I have shared my "metaphysical guilt"
with the movers and shakers of this world and deprived them of excuses.
To read
a hundred pages is no chore but to disregard them is a mistake. The
Middle East
continues to drift into chaos and the Mitchell Commission
recommendations -
although well meant - have predictably been rejected by both sides.
Youngsters
who aspire to heaven via martyrdom cannot be restrained by anybody and
to make
their disappearance the precondition for negotiations is a lame excuse.
So is
the necessity for continuing to expand the settlements. Since the
relations
between the U.S. and the UN have soured considerably in the past few
month a UN
commission as suggested in Whither Zionism? may at this time
not have
much chance of coming into being but some unimpeachable third force
seems to be
the only hope for letting intellect overcome passion.
In conclusion I might mention some thoughts of a revered icon of the
twentieth
century on the topic of Palestine which can be found in Churchill
and the
Jews by Michael J. Cohen. Although Churchill had
been
early on an outspoken supporter of Zionism he had begun to develop
second
thoughts later on. There may also have been personal reasons involved
for his
change of mind. His close friend Lord Moyne, Minister
of State
Resident in the Middle East, was murdered in November 1944 by a Jewish
terrorist organization led by Menachem Begin, who
later became
Prime Minister. At the end of WWII during his last weeks in office
Churchill
said:
"I do not think we should take the responsibility upon ourselves of
managing this very difficult place while the Americans sit back and
criticise...I am not aware of the slightest advantage which has ever
accrued to
Great Britain from this painful and thankless task. Somebody else
should have
their turn now..."(p.260).
America has assumed Britain's burden and is now saddled with "managing
this very difficult place" but the prospects for bringing stability to
the
area by the U.S. are no better than they were for the Brits, or the
Romans for
that matter.
In 1946 Churchill said in the House of Commons:
" The idea that the Jewish Problem could be solved or even helped by a
vast dumping of the Jews of Europe into Palestine is really too silly
to
consume our time in the House of Commons this afternoon" (p.327).
Well it did happen, the migration was unavoidable, the state of Israel
came
into being and people of good will are now forced to spend considerably
more
time than just an afternoon to deal with the consequences of this
"silly
idea."
July 2001
Palestinians. Homosexuality
To start out on a positive note it is a pleasure
to
acknowledge Alan Caruba's kind review of Whither Zionism? In
the May
installment of his bookviews.com
Caruba wrote that "Rodin asks and brilliantly answers the title
question
in a way that will prove astonishing and insightful to any reader,
particularly
in light of the present problems in the Middle East." I am mentioning
Caruba's comments here because they are especially relevant for what
follows.
The syndicated columnist Cal Thomas usually writes
sensible
reports but on June 5 there appeared an article of his in the Salt Lake
Tribune
headlined: Peace Solution: Israel must rid itself of the
Palestinians
Once and for All. Thomas is clearly sufficiently intelligent
to
realize that this plan cannot be executed; nevertheless he concludes
the
article by saying "The current model of 'land for peace' is not
working,
nor can it work given the objectives of Arafat and Israel's other
enemies.
Eviction is a better avenue of stability. Will it happen? Probably not.
Should
it ? Yes."
There are two aspects to this article which require comment. One is
that
expulsion of the Palestinian population from the occupied territories
was
advocated as "The Only Solution" by rabbi Meir Kahane
in the 1980's. He lost his seat in the Knesset, his political party was
forbidden and Kahane was murdered soon thereafter by a Muslim fanatic.
The
other aspect is that the headline could have come with slight
modification from
any issue of the Voelkische Beobachter during
the late 1930's as "Germany must rid itself of the
Jews
once and for all." When one knows the history of those years
one
is aware that the Kristallnacht in November of
1938,
which was universally deplored and removed the last vestige of doubt
about
Nazism's malignancy, was preceded by the deportation of Polish Jews
from
Germany in October of that year. The Poles did not want this influx of
her
former citizens either and, among others, young Herschel
Grynszpan's
family was caught in no man's land. When Herschel received word from
his sister
about their unhappy circumstances he vowed revenge. Since he was in
Paris at
the time he wanted to make a statement by shooting the German
ambassador but
when this wasn't possible he made do with Counselor Ernst vom Rath. The
latter
was mortally wounded and when he died soon thereafter Goebbels
unleashed the pogrom in Germany as "the just revenge of the German
people." Further details of the affair are in War and Mayhem.
Since Mr. Thomas seemed inadequately informed about the history and
complexity
of the Middle East problem I sent him a copy of Whither Zionism? but
as expected didn't hear back.
Another long article which appeared in a Sunday edition of the Tribune
was also
of considerable interest. It was written by a Professor of Educational
Psychology and carried the headline: There is no evidence that
homosexuals can change, only evidence of deception. In the
article the
professor took issue with some church leaders, as well as other
psychologists,
that some homosexual individuals can stop this "lifestyle" and adopt
instead a heterosexual one. In spite of his academic credentials the
professor,
who shall remain nameless, is likewise inadequately informed on this
subject.
The fallacy in his argument is that he accepts an either-or stance and
lumps
all people who engage in homosexual activity into one group. This is
biologically unsound and serves only political purposes. Homosexual
activists
need large numbers to exert political pressure and, therefore, anyone
who may
have had one or two homosexual contacts in their lives is counted among
their
flock.
The evidence that homosexual individuals comprise a spectrum
with the more or less effeminate "born homosexual"
person on the one hand and others who adopt this lifestyle for a
variety of
reasons comes, strangely enough, from the Nazis' concentration
camps. Let me emphasize that I harbor absolutely no fondness
for the
days I had to spend under Hitler's rule but the experiences gathered
during
that era should not be disregarded either. While I do not advocate the
methods
which demonstrated that some homosexual persons can indeed change their
behavior, the fact should not be denied.
The data are presented in the autobiography of Rudolf Höss
who
became infamous as commandant of Auschwitz, and his
notes were
penned while in a Polish prison awaiting execution for war crimes. Some
"revisionist" historians take issue with a number of the statements
he made because they were supposedly extracted under torture but this
is
irrelevant for the current topic because Höss had nothing to gain
from making
the points listed here. The book is published in German under the title
Kommandant
in Auschwitz. Autobiographische Aufzeichnungen des Rudolf Höss
An English
version is available under Death Dealer.The Memoirs of the SS
Kommandant at
Auschwitz at amazon.com.
Höss had led a rather interesting life. At age 16 he managed to
enlist as a
volunteer in the German army during WW I and served in Syria and
Palestine, of
all places. He rose to the rank of sergeant and after the collapse in
1918 he
led his cavalry platoon on a highly adventuresome trip back home. He
managed to
arrive with his people three months later in Germany without having
been taken
prisoner of war, although they had to traverse enemy territory.
Subsequently
Höss became involved in right wing paramilitary activities and,
for
participation in a political murder, was sentenced in 1924 to a
Zuchthaus term,
which was at that time the most severe form of jail. He remained there
for four
years and this stay taught him two things. One was that the worst you
can do to
a prisoner is to leave him totally unoccupied, without any benefit of
books,
writing materials or whatever. Work, any kind of work, but especially
something
which had a constructive purpose was welcomed, because it relieved the
mind of
useless ruminations about one's fate. When he was finally given some
work to do
he breathed a sigh of relief and the slogan "Arbeit macht
frei"
(work liberates) was born in his mind. Later on it "graced" the
entrance of the concentration camp in Auschwitz. Nevertheless, it
should not be
forgotten that before the war the concentration camps were indeed labor
camps
for "reeducation" as they exist, for instance, today in China, and
good behavior could earn you a discharge. Even Nazis preferred tax
payers over
tax burdens. The second lesson was in regard to homosexuality
which tends to become rampant when young males are cooped up together.
After the Nazis took over in Germany, Höss volunteered for the SS
in 1933. From
1934-1938 he was deputized first as Block- and subsequently
Rapportfuehrer to Dachau; from 1938-1940 he
served as
Adjutant and Commandant of the KZ Sachsenhausen, and
from
1940-1943 he was in charge of Auschwitz. When
Höss arrived at
Dachau the homosexual prisoners were already a problem, although
initially they
didn't matter numerically. According to Höss the camp commandant
of Dachau had
thought it a good idea to distribute the homosexual prisoners
throughout the
camp in all barracks. Prior to the Olympic Games of 1936 the Nazis
wanted to
put their best foot forward and cleansed the streets not only of
beggars and
vagrants, who were sent for "education" to work houses and
concentration camps, but the cities and spas were also cleared of the
multitude
of prostitutes and homosexuals. They were also to be educated for
useful work
in the concentration camps. By the way, it seems likely that the
Chinese will
follow the example if they are awarded the Olympic Games for 2008. Let
us now
read what Höss had to say about the situation Dachau.
"It didn't last long until reports came in from all quarters about
homosexual relations. Punishment didn't change anything, the Seuche
(contagion) increased. On my suggestion all the homosexuals were now
concentrated in one block and they received a supervisor who knew how
to deal
with them. They were also segregated from the other prisoners during
their work
details. Thus they pulled for a long time a Straszenwalze (steamroller
but
pulled manually).
All of a sudden the plague was eradicated. Even when on occasion these
unnatural relations persisted, they were isolated events. In the
barracks the
homosexuals were supervised so that there was no opportunity....In
Sachsenhausen they were immediately segregated in a special block."
After further descriptions of the type of hard labor the prisoners had
to
perform, regardless of weather in winter and summer, Höss wrote
the following
informative passages
"The result of hard labor which was to make 'normal' individuals out of
them depended upon the difference among homosexuals. It was most
effective and
immediately apparent in the Strichjungen (male prostitute
youngsters)...they were not truly homosexual it was merely their
profession...several of them could be discharged without relapsing into
their
former behavior. This particular lesson was sufficient. There was also
a group
who had become homosexual - bored by sexual relations with too many
women, who
wanted new thrills in their parasitic existence - who could likewise be
educated in this manner, and made to give up their vice. This did not
hold,
however, for those who had by inclination been too deeply imbued with
this
depravity. They were the same as the genuine homosexuals (aus
Veranlagung)
but those were few and far between.
For those individuals there was no help regardless of hard work or
strict
supervision. Wherever there was an opportunity they were in each others
arms.
Even when they were already in poor physical shape they continued to
pursue
their vice. They were also easily recognizable. With a soft girlish
affectedness (Zimperlichkeit) and mannerisms...they were
immediately
distinguishable from those who had rid themselves of the vice and those
who
were in the process of doing so, whose step by step progress could be
readily
observed.
While those who were willing to change endured the hardest labor, the
others
succumbed. Inasmuch as they could not or would not desist from their
vice they
knew that they would never see freedom again...this accelerated the
physical
deterioration. When in addition there was the loss of the "friend"
through illness or death one could foresee the end. Many committed
suicide. The
"friend" meant for these individuals everything in this situation. It
happened several times that two friends committed suicide together."
Höss also said that Himmler had devised a method
in Ravensbrueck
to find out which of the homosexual prisoners had really been "cured"
by bringing them together in an informal setting with prostitutes.
Those who
had been "reeducated" readily succumbed to the charms of the ladies
while the
"Incurables didn't pay attention to these women at all. If they made
advances they turned away with disgust ....The ones who were to be
discharged
were once more given the possibility for homosexual relations but they
refused
the advances of the genuine homosexuals. There were, however,
borderline cases
who used both opportunities. Whether or not one can call them bisexual
I can't
judge. To be able to observe the life and habits of the homosexuals of
all
varieties, in connection with their incarceration, was highly
informative for
me."
While I, obviously, do not approve of the methods used by the Nazis to
effect
this change in sexual behavior it is nevertheless clear that some
homosexual
individuals can be motivated to abandon this "lifestyle." I sent the
Höss information in a letter to the professor but he was
apparently to busy to
respond and seemed to follow the rule: My mind is made up, don't bother
me with
facts.
As mentioned earlier, like most everything else which involves human
behavior
there are gradations in the expression of a given trait and to deny
those can
only serve political purposes rather than lead to an understanding of
the
underlying condition. Numbers translate into votes and this is all that
counts,
never mind the facts. This attitude has also led to the medical
absurdity that HIV-AIDS
which is for all practical purposes, in this country, a preventable
disease by
simply abstaining from unhealthy practices, is actually the only
politically
protected infectious disease for which a cure must be found
immediately. Since
research money is limited this stance comes at the cost of removing
valuable
financial resources from other truly unavoidable and more common
illnesses.
Currently the AIDS epidemic in Africa is receiving a great deal of
attention
and the solution is also to be billions of dollars for research. But
even in
Africa the epidemic is caused by promiscuous sexual behavior. The
plague could
be eradicated worldwide by abstention from homosexual practices, by
engaging in
heterosexual intercourse with one partner only, and avoidance of
intravenous
illicit drug use. In contrast to nearly all other diseases AIDS (with
few
exceptions e.g. children of infected mothers, or recipients of tainted
blood
transfusions) is self-inflicted and preventable by adhering to a
healthy
life-style.
These verities are, of course, highly unpopular. Therefore, an attitude
is
fostered by the political and media establishments where even the use
of the
term homosexual is frowned upon and the word "gay"
has been substituted. This is truly a perversion of language.
Hardly any one of us, regardless of sexual orientation, is gay in the
true
meaning of the word for any length of time. Life has too many
vicissitudes to
allow us "gaiety" for more than short periods. To dignify sexual
practices, which involve acts that are distasteful to the majority of
people in
our culture, with this euphemism is unconscionable. Homosexual
activists may
call themselves whatever they want but the much larger non-homosexual
community
should not be swayed by this misuse of language and call the behavior
by its
proper name.
Nevertheless even here a caveat is in order. To label somebody " a
homosexual" as if this were the "be all and end all "of the
individual's life, is just as uncalled for as using other potentially
pejorative terms without some qualification. For instance, when I
started my
professional neurologic career it was common practice to talk about
"the
epileptic" or "the schizophrenic." I abolished these terms from
my personal vocabulary because they are adjectives and should not be
used as
nouns. Instead I talked and wrote about patients (by
the way,
even this term has lost its meaning, because nowadays physicians, just
like
lawyers, tend to have "clients") with epilepsy or schizophrenia,
or whatever the condition was. This retains the personhood of the
individual
and allows for a change in the condition, which can and does occur at
times. I
had to disagree with one of my professors early on whose favorite
dictum was
"once an epileptic always an epileptic." The statement was not only
pejorative but simply factually wrong. I am glad indeed that my
terminology,
which was news in the fifties and sixties, has now been generally
adopted by my
colleagues.
This brings me to one of the major pitfalls in the thought processes of
the
human race and is clearly illustrated by the two mentioned newspaper
articles.
It is the inappropriate use of the "all or nothing,"
principle as it is called in neurophysiology. The law
refers
to the propagation of the electrical activity in a nerve. Once an
impulse is
strong enough to be propagated, the size of the response, and the speed
of its
conduction will be independent of the intensity of the original
stimulus. Once
fired up the nerve gives its all. This is how the peripheral nervous
system
works. But we also have a central nervous system which allows us to
give graded
responses before we put our nerves into action. In the present context
for Mr.
Thomas there are apparently only monolithic Palestinians who have to be
expelled and for the professor of educational psychology there are only
homosexuals who are incapable of changing. This is the same type of
thinking
which declared "the Jews" enemies of the German people, and which
condemned "the Germans" as "the Nazis" when in fact only a
small subgroup in these categories had engaged in undesirable or even
outright
criminal activities. Unless we stop thinking in terms of classes of
people and
hold only individuals responsible for their actions there will be no
end to
hatred in this world with concomitant injustices.
August 2001
Stem Cells
Apart from the continuing violence in the Middle
East, which
was reported occasionally, there were three items the American media
obsessed
over during the past month. One was "The Case of the Missing Intern,"
another was Global Warming, and the third Stem Cell research.
As far as the first item is concerned the fate of Ms. Chandra Levy and
that of
her paramour Representative Gary Condit has become a boon to cable news
channels, because there is too much air time to fill and the genuine
news are
not sufficiently sensational. The entire story can be summarized in a
few sentences.
Ms. Levy has been missing for about three months. Nobody knows her or
her
body's whereabouts and it becomes increasingly likely that her case
will end up
like that of Jimmy Hoffa's, who also vanished without a trace. Mr.
Condit on
the other hand failed to obey the Prime Directive which ought to govern
human
behavior. Simply put it states: Whenever you find yourself in trouble
tell the
truth immediately and fully, without making excuses. Qui s'excuse,
s'accuse
(whoever excuses himself, accuses himself) the French say and they are
right.
This is the sum and substance of the story over which TV newscasters,
hosts and
guests drool endlessly for hours day in and day out.
The discussion of Global Warming will be postponed for another update.
At any
rate it is supposed to stay with us for at least another hundred years,
so
what's the hurry? I am currently in the process of gathering my own
data in
regard to temperature forecasts and these will be published in due
time.
The third item on the agenda, stem cell research, does merit discussion
today
because President Bush is being pressured by the media to immediately
release
federal funds for embryonic stem cell research. The media bolster their
argument by promising the general public the blue from the sky about
the
benefits the human race will reap from this type of research. The moral
and
religious pro and con arguments are endlessly hashed out but the
legitimate
medical issues which can be raised for or against embryonic stem cell
research
have, to the best of my knowledge, never been aired by the public media
to the
extent that they should have been. We are only being told that this
research
might lead to cures for Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease,
diabetes and
a host of other chronic degenerative illnesses. With other words we are
finally
on the way to realize Ponce de Leon's dream. The fountain of youth is
around
the corner and embryonic stem cells will relieve us from all the
burdens
associated with aging. The key word in all of this, which by the way
this type
of propaganda shares with Global Warming, is the word "might." It is
not being taken merely as some faint hope, which springs eternal, but
is
regarded as "will" and action must be taken now, immediately, and by
the federal government or an irretrievable chance will be lost.
In order to find out what the implantation of embryonic stem cells
really does
in the human being I searched the medical literature on the Internet
and came
up empty handed. There are no data! As a neurologist I was, of course,
most
interested in Parkinson's and Alzheimer's disease but even the animal
data are
so far exceedingly sparse and inconclusive. It just so happened that
the July
issue of Neurology Reviews had a lead article entitled:
"Shooting
for the Moon. Bolstered by a New Research Agenda, Parkinson's
Researchers Aim
High." In this article, which will also available on the web in due
time
under www. neurologyreviews.com, the several techniques which are
currently
under investigation are discussed. These are: transplantation of a)
neural
tissue, b) embryonic stem cells, c) adult stem cells, and d)
xenotransplantion.
Before explaining these terms further in everyday language some
fundamental
facts about Parkinson's disease must first be presented.
The condition results from a loss of nerve cells (neurons) in certain
regions
of the brain which produce a critical chemical called dopamine. This
discovery,
in the early sixties of the past century, led to a Nobel Prize because
dopamine
could be produced in the laboratory and patients could take the drug in
pill
form. The early results were exceedingly exciting but, as everything
else in
life, first love wears off, and the "fine print" becomes noticeable
only after some time. Although improvements in the compound in form of
levodopa
(L-dopa) were made, which is the current preferred form of treatment;
there are
still a great many problems. Not only does the effect of the medication
wear
off after some time but some patients also develop uncontrollable
writhing
movements especially of the head and limbs (dyskinesias or dystonia)
which make
their lives miserable. For this reason the search for "the cure"
continues.
Hippocrates, "the father of medicine" who plied his art on the island
of Cos in the Aegean around 400 B.C. wrote in his aphorisms: "What
medicine [drugs] cannot cure, the knife [surgery] will cure, what the
knife
cannot cure fire [radiation] will cure, and what fire cannot cure is
wholly
incurable." Genetic modification of the organism could not be imagined
at that
time but on the whole the dictum still holds. Since L-dopa failed to
live up to
its promise neurosurgeons began to practice their art by destroying
certain
structures or pathways in the brain with their knives, or by targeted
radiation. This led to some good and some bad results. At any rate the
disease
remained for the most part progressive and only long term follow-up of
ten
years or more would allow one to speak of an arrest or even cure of the
disease. This brings us to the article in Neurology Reviews
and stem
cells. The whole purpose of the exercise is to create neurons which
produce
dopamine in the patient's brain not only in the right amount but also
nothing
else. This statement alone should give one pause, because the problem
is
obviously far from trivial. The solution will not only require funding
but
equally or even more importantly time, measured not in years but
decades! Let
us now look at the upside and downside of the mentioned research
programs.
Neurontransplantation. The good news according to Dr.
Dunnett
of the Brain Repair Group at Cardiff University in Wales is that "There
is
convincing evidence that fetal tissue grafts can have a functional
effect in
animal models of Parkinson's disease" and "When such cells are
implanted
they survive, grow, connect with denervated [have lost their functional
connections] areas, and alleviate some of the simpler motor deficits
associated
with Parkinson's disease. This provides proof of the principle that
dopamine
deficiency can be restored by transplanted dopaminergic [dopamine
producing]
cells."
So far so good. Now comes the fine print. The study involved an "animal
model" rather than the human disease and in contrast to the human
illness
Dr. Dunnett's model produced acute rather than chronic effects.
Furthermore, he
stated that "Fetal cell transplants can work with dramatic efficacy in
some cases but can also seriously go wrong." Even when the method
worked
it should be noted that the beneficial effect on the symptoms of the
animal,
rather than on the brain slices at autopsy, improved "some of the simpler
motor deficits." This leads one to assume that some of the more complex
motor functions on which we depend, were not alleviated.
As far as human results are concerned there is only one relatively long
term
scientifically controlled study mentioned in the article. This involves
the
work of Dr. Curt Freed at the University of Colorado. Dr. Freed's team
transplanted precursors of dopaminergic cells from 6-10 week old human
fetuses
into the brains of 19 patients with severe Parkinson's disease. These
patients
were compared with others who had been sham operated where only burr
holes were
placed in the skull. The study was "double blind" which means that
neither the patient nor the team of examining physicians knew whether
or not
the patient had received a transplant. The result of the follow-up of
"up
to three years," which means that this was the maximum and most
patients
had shorter observation times, was that a "statistically significant
28%
improvement over baseline" was observed. This held true for the total
group, when the patients were not taking their morning dose of
medications.
When the group was subdivided between older and younger patients it
became
apparent that a 38% improvement (highly significant statistically) had
occurred
in the younger individuals while it was only 14% in the older group,
and as
such not statistically significant. Furthermore, even in those patients
who had
benefited the total effect was only comparable to about half the effect
of
their usual morning dose of levodopa. Now comes the bad news. Fifteen
percent
of transplant patients had a recurrence of disabling dystonias and
dyskinesias
in the second or third year after the operation. All of these patients
were 60
years or younger and had experienced these symptoms when on levodopa
but now
had the problem even when the medication was discontinued.
Inasmuch as review articles might be slanted I obtained subsequently
Dr. Free's
and colleagues' original paper which was published in the March 6, 2001
issue
of the New England Journal of Medicine. While the review as cited above
was in
essence correct, the full article did provide additional information.
Embryonic
tissue was obtained with the consent from the mother during elective
abortions
seven to eight weeks after conception. There were initially two groups
of 20
patients each in the transplant and in the sham operation (placebo)
group. One
transplant patient died in a car accident when a tree fell across the
road
during a storm and the outcome of the operation could, therefore, not
be
evaluated at the one year final comparison point. Although some
patients were
followed for up to three years, the figures cited above refer to the
one year
outcome after the code was broken. At that point the sham operated
patients
were given the option to have transplants and 14 patients of the
placebo group
consented. Thus, the figure of up to three years follow-up covers 33
rather
than 19 patients. Apart from the development of dyskinesias, which
occurred
later than the first year, and in some younger patients, there were
also during
the 12 months of follow-up 9 serious adverse events. Although these
were in all
probability unrelated to the transplants it is noteworthy that eight of
these
occurred in the transplant group and only one in the placebo group.
Percentage
wise this would give a difference of 40 percent vs. 5 percent. The
investigators realized that inasmuch as the operation benefited only
patients
under 60 years of age and that younger patients tended to develop
intractable
dyskinesias, they did not suggest the operation to the last 6
individuals of
the remaining placebo group.
We are, therefore, confronted with these facts: Embryonic neuronal
tissue
containing dopaminergic neurons can be transplanted into key regions of
a
recipient's brain. They grow, multiply, and establish connections with
surrounding tissue, regardless of the age of the patient. The growth of
these
cells is, however, not directly reflected in improvement of the
patient’s
symptoms because only younger patients benefited, and the maximum
effect tends
to be essentially only half of what would have been accomplished with a
full
dose of levodopa. The late occurrence of uncontrollable dyskinesias,
even when
levodopa is no longer given, represents a serious and disabling
complication.
The amount of tissue to be transplanted and the best brain region for
the
transplants to be inserted will be the task for the future.
Embryonic stem cells. In contrast to embryonic tissue
containing
dopaminergic neurons, the embryonic stem cells have been called
"omnipotent." This means that these cells, taken from the earliest
stages of human development, can develop into any type of tissue. With
other
words they can become liver, brain, bone, heart or whatever. It should
be noted
that embryonic stem cell studies have so far been performed only in
rodents.
There are no data on higher animals or, of course, humans. While these
cells
can develop into neurons, there is no guarantee that they will do so,
especially dopaminergic ones. In Petri dishes they have so far produced
other
types of neurons as well as glia cells which are the other main
cellular
structure of the nervous system. Dr. Mc Kay of the National Institute
of
Neurologic Disorders and Stroke whose work is quoted in the article
stated that
"we are trying to improve the efficiency of differentiating to
dopaminergic neurons ...in animal studies... [but] we need to
demonstrate that the cells we make will actually work in animal studies."
This is indeed all that is known
about
the effectiveness of embryonic stem cells to cure diseases. Thus, the
entire
media circus is about a gleam in the eye of some researchers based on
hope and
faith. Are our promoters of public information, who urge immediate
action for
embryonic stem cell research, aware of this paucity of facts? Do they
also know
that these omnipotent cells, when implanted into a brain, might just
continue
to grow and produce tumors? Once implanted they will do whatever they
like and
neither Federal Money nor Federal Regulations will be able to control
them.
Quite apart from moral and ethical considerations this is another
Pandora's Box
which we are about to open.
Adult stem cells. Neural adult stem cells have been
harvested
from nasal passages of cadavers up to 18 hours after death as Dr.
Roisen's
group from the University of Louisville has demonstrated. The
disadvantage of
using adult stem cells is that they get old after some time and lose
their
potency, although they did live longer when taken from an 11 month old
infant.
Whether or not any of these Petri dish neurons could be coaxed to
become
dopaminergic is not yet known. The other argument against the use of
adult stem
cells is that the supply is not as plentiful as for embryonic stem
cells. But
as long as we are dreaming, and this is really what all of stem cell
research
is about at this time, one could readily foresee a scenario where we
donate in
our youth some of our nasal neural stem cells and keep them in a
freezer until
the time comes when we might need them.
Xenotransplants (use of adult animal tissue) have
become
commonplace to repair human heart valves and dopaminergic pig cells
have
already been transplanted into human Parkinson patients. Studies about
their
effectiveness are currently under way in Tampa, Atlanta and Boston.
This might
bring up an interesting religious question. Since orthodox Jews as well
as
Muslims refrain from putting pork into their mouths and stomachs would
they be
willing to have pieces of pig brain inserted into their own?
Additional work is being carried out on Neuroprotective agents
which are supposed to stop the progression of Parkinson's disease and
thereby
obviate the need for implants of any kind. It is, therefore, obvious
that
Parkinson research is alive and well. It will continue to prosper
around the
world, without federal tax dollars and federal regulations. Not only is
there
another Nobel Prize in the offing but drug companies are likely to reap
a
financial bonanza. There is still the question whether government
should
control the research or private industry? The answer is obvious from
past
history. All major advances in medicine were achieved through private
initiatives and personal ingenuity which can only flourish in a free
society.
Those of our citizens who believe that government is the answer to all
of
mankind's woes should really take a good look at the "achievements"
of the defunct Soviet Union, even in the medical field, and compare
them with
what the Free World has accomplished. Furthermore, money is not
unlimited. If
tax dollars go to stem cell research other investigations will
inevitably have
to be curtailed, although they may actually have more immediate
prospects of
success. The argument is also made that only government can enforce
ethical
rules. This is another fallacy. Universities and drug companies, the
only
places where work of this type can proceed, are already tightly
regulated and
in case of serious untoward outcomes there are armies of malpractice
lawyers
chomping at the bit to get a piece of the action.
So what is really at work here with this entire stem cell hullabaloo?
The
overriding goal seems to be politics and expansion of government.
President
Bush is to be maneuvered into a position where he can be attacked
regardless of
whatever decision he takes. He has to be tarred and feathered; his
administration has to be turned into a failure because, according to
some of
our Democrats, he didn't deserve the presidency anyway. The current
interregnum
which the Left reluctantly has to put up with needs to be crippled by a
democratic congressional landslide next year. Subsequently George W.
can be
returned to Texas in 2004 and we are all assured of a socialist
government for
the subsequent eight years. This will then finally usher in the real
millennium
and bring us in line with those European socialist governments who
currently
hate our guts and call us names. The reason for their dislike of
America is
simply that at least some of us still regard ourselves as free citizens
who
want to live and work under our own initiative and thereafter enjoy the
fruit
of our labors, with minimal government interference. Unfortunately the
Bush
administration seems to be singularly inept in explaining the rationale
for its
actions and is thereby leaving the field to its adversaries. As far as
stem
cell research is concerned the facts are really quite simple and if the
President's spokespersons were to present them to the media, in a
manner
similar to what is outlined above, even the most hostile critics might
have to
concede that it would be useful not to rush in where angels fear to
tread.
September, 2001
What is Truth?
President Bush has made his decision on embryonic stem
cell research and has tried to find some middle ground. His
directive
that federal funds can be used only for those research projects which
utilize
existing cell lines, rather than newly created ones, has found some
praise by
his partisans but unhappiness continues to exist on both ends of the
political
spectrum. Nevertheless the entire argument is rapidly becoming obsolete
because, as expected, private industry is jumping into the breach.
There is big
money to be made from selling embryonic tissue, which is readily
available at
the abortion mills around the country, and its subsequent cloning. It
is
probably only a matter of time until new stem cell lines will be
auctioned off
on the Internet. The Left will have to find another line of attack but
the
shrinking estimated budget surplus, the faltering economy and the
prospective
"raiding of the Social Security Trust Fund" will give them ample
ammunition.
The main item for this month's agenda was occasioned by a comment from
one of
my sailing buddies. He is computer savvy and surfs the net. I therefore
encouraged him to visit thinktruth.com but he didn't quite know what to
do with
the title. So I explained "think truth, that's what you're supposed to
do
anyway all the time!" Whereupon he replied "ok, but there may not be
any."
Thus we are back at Pilate's question: What is truth?
When I chose this particular URL for the website I had obviously
underestimated
the relativism which has invaded our culture. For me the situation was
quite
simple. The truth which is discussed on these pages is not absolute or
ultimate
truth in the philosophical sense but simply that aspect of our daily
lives
which is objectively verifiable by independent observers. It is the
opposite of
the lie where the individual deliberately misrepresents facts as known
to the
person. Right now lying is, of course, making headlines on account of Gary
Condit's behavior. The majority of Americans who have seen his
interview with Connie Chung on TV don't believe that his account has
been
truthful. Even if the Congressman were to sincerely believe that his
answers
were forthcoming and complete, a simple check with the Levy family or
the
Washington DC police can establish what the facts were. It may be
argued that
this amounts to a "he says, she says" situation but this is not the
case.
Police records of his interviews exist, they are potentially available
for
public scrutiny and objective data can be established.
President Clinton wagged his finger at us a few years
ago and
told us emphatically: "I did not have sexual relations with that woman,
Miss Lewinsky." Well, we had to take him at his word until the famous
blue
dress appeared, which had not gone to the cleaners in the meantime, and
provided objective evidence for his activities. Clinton subsequently
amended
his statement by trying to imply that Miss Lewinsky had sex with him
but not he
with her or that oral sex does not constitute a sexual relationship.
But
anybody who is not blindly partisan or devoid of all common sense is
likely to
see this as excuses rather than the truth of the matter. The
ex-President even
lied under oath because an oath demands: to tell the truth, the whole
truth and nothing but the truth. There is good reason for this because
the most
vicious and most common lie is the deliberate withholding of relevant
information. The fact that Mr. Clinton was impeached but not convicted
sent a
signal that even an oath need not to be taken seriously provided you
are
sufficiently powerful and can afford superb lawyers.
Mr. Condit seems to have drawn an inappropriate lesson from the Clinton
affair.
Stonewalling worked for Mr. Clinton, in my opinion, because the
Democrats did
not want to lose the Presidency and the Republicans were afraid to face
an
incumbent Al Gore in the upcoming 2000 elections. It
was
assumed that a seriously damaged Clinton would be so much easier to
defeat than
an untarnished Gore. That the election turned into such a cliffhanger
anyway
they would not have predicted even in their worst nightmares. Thus all
the
phraseology of "popularity" of the President and not having committed
perjury anyway was pure politics. The Senate trial was a sham as
Schippers has
documented in Sellout: The Inside Story of President Clinton's
Impeachment.
But as far as Mr. Condit is concerned this situation does not apply. He
is
neither rich nor does he have sufficiently powerful friends who will
defend him
regardless of morals or ethics. Furthermore the Democrats can afford to
lose a
congressional seat, if worst were come to the worst and he had to
resign; it is
not the Presidency after all. On top of it we have the missing Chandra
Levy and
her parents are not going to give up their search as well as their
efforts to
have the Congressman come up with the full story and thereby the truth
about
his relationship.
Telling the truth is, therefore, not just some intellectual exercise
for
philosophers but has very practical consequences for our daily lives.
In my
personal opinion Mr. Condit did have, in all probability, a sexual
relationship
with Miss Levy but I sincerely doubt that he had contracted for her
disappearance. Had he immediately informed the parents and the
police voluntarily
and completely of everything he knew he would
not be in
such dire straits today and the case might have been solved. Adultery
is,
unfortunately, a "so what" situation today, so is casual sex to which
we are treated every night on TV. Nobody would have been particularly
upset
apart, perhaps, from Mr. Condit's wife. But she, like Hillary Clinton
might
also have become inured over the years to her husband's constant
philandering
and not lost any sleep over it.
There is a reason why I have become so concerned about truthfulness in
our
daily lives. As is apparent from War and Mayhem I had been an
expert
liar during my childhood and had frequently suffered the consequences.
When
lying was literally beaten out of me by my stepfather I not only
learned that
telling the truth is morally right but it can save you not only grief
but even
your very life, as is also documented in that book. Currently our
society is
steadily being weaned from the truth. We are lied to by politicians,
the media,
advertisers and other assorted folks to such an extent that it has
practically
become the norm. The truth as an intellectual concept seems to have
vanished.
Truth has become personal and is what I believe regardless of what you
think.
There is an ancient precedent for this which was quite unknown to me
until a
few days ago. My next book The Moses Legacy,
which
deals with the problem why Jews have been persecuted since biblical
times, has
not yet found a publisher. But while Moses keeps wandering through the
offices
of various publishing houses I am using the time to polish a few
paragraphs
here and there. In so doing I was puzzled that in Heschel's book A
Passion
for Truth he described an Abraham who bears hardly any
relationship to the
person we know from the Bible. For instance Heschel stated that "This
is
what Abraham did. He forsook community and deception
to live
with Truth in solitude." This was news to me because the Bible tells us
that he moved with his whole clan from Haran to Canaan, subsequently to
Egypt
and back, had a vigorous sex life, was engaged in wars and commerce
etc. This
is hardly what one would expect from an individual who lived "with
Truth
in solitude." The problem is that the relatively recently deceased
Abraham
Joshua Heschel was, and still is, highly respected as one of the most
eminent
orthodox Jewish scholars.
The question arose, therefore, how to resolve this discrepancy. The key
word,
obviously, is Truth. For this reason I looked up the definition of Truth
in McKenzie's Dictionary of the Bible because we are, after
all,
dealing with biblical information. The result was highly surprising. Mc
Kenzie
states "The difference between Hb [Hebrew] and Gk [Greek] speech is
clearly exhibited in the idea of truth; Hb has no distinct word for
true and
truth. These ideas are expressed by 'emet and cognate words
which are
treated under FAITH." The entire subsequent passages
are
too long to be reproduced here but will show up in The Moses Legacy.
In essence McKenzie points out that the real, or truth, was personal
for
Hebrew-speaking people while truth and faith were clearly
differentiated by the
Greeks. We used to follow in the footsteps of the Greeks where truth is
objectively verifiable while faith is subjective and personal. It was
this
difference which made scientific progress possible.
It seems that we are now turning our backs on this fundamental
distinction.
Inasmuch as a theory of relativity exists which pertains to cosmic
phenomena
everything else can also be regarded as relative. This sort of thinking
undermines society at all levels. Law is no longer
based on
long established practices but represents an opinion by a judge, or
groups of
judges, at a given time rather than as what it has been understood for
centuries. These opinions, although binding for a
while can,
however, readily be overruled by other judges because they are, after
all, only
personal opinions, regardless of how precedents have to be massaged in
order to
make them appear to be reasonable. As explained in The Moses Legacy
this type of thinking is directly derived from the Talmud,
where Moses' laws were not only questioned but underwent personal
interpretations. When "Talmudic thinking" (the term
is not my invention) moves from religious to civil and criminal law, as
has
happened in our country during the past few decades, problems are bound
to
arise. When all the established customary landmarks for decent behavior
are
being removed chaos must inevitably result. Is this really the
direction we
want to go, in this new century and millennium? Or should we not return
to some
reasonable and firm rules of conduct the majority can agree on, and
which can
be adequately enforced? Inasmuch as thinking precedes language we have
to
scrutinize first our thought processes so that we can then express our
ideas in
clear and unmistakable language.
What prevents us from thinking truthfully and speaking the truth? Fear!
What
are we afraid of? The myriad of untoward events which might befall us
and which
imagination magnifies out of all proportions! "Du fürchtest
alles was
nicht trifft" (you are afraid of everything which doesn't come to
pass anyway) said Goethe, and he was right. But even if society removes
"the ancient landmarks," to use biblical language, the individual
does not have to do so. The Lord has given us strength and the ability
to adapt
to adverse circumstances, if and when they arrive. Instead of being
fearful of
what might or might not happen in the future let us be grateful for
whatever we
have in the present. With this attitude towards life, and its
vicissitudes,
lying becomes superfluous.
October, 2001
September 11th
On September 11 the world
changed for all
of us in an instant. There is hardly anyone who was not affected to
some extent
by the catastrophe which unfolded within the space of a couple of
hours. The
stunning simplicity of the idea to turn our own jetliners into lethal
bombs
which destroyed the World Trade Center totally, and
the Pentagon
partially, has brought home to us how fragile our lives are. Only the
heroic
acts of passengers on another doomed jetliner prevented a further
disaster of
untold proportions.
Osama bin Laden - if it was indeed his network - has
brought
our country literally to its knees and the country turned to God in
prayer. The
bitter, and in part irrational, fight waged by some for separation of
Church
and State had become irrelevant. The leaders of our country bowed their
heads
in prayers led by Christian, Jewish and Muslim clergymen. The much
vaunted multiculturalism
which pitted our citizens of various ethnic and religious backgrounds
against
each other was shown up as a charade as all of us became simply
Americans
rather than hyphenated ones. The problems discussed in the August and
September
updates: Congressman Condit's affair, federal funding of stem cells
research,
the disappearance of the budget surplus, raiding of the social security
trust
fund have all passed, at least temporarily, from our TV screens as we
were
shown over and over again the pictures of the jets crashing into our
symbols of
superpower status.
Nevertheless the current unity of our people and the high approval
rating of
the President's handling the disaster may evaporate when media pundits
will
begin to clamor for drastic actions with immediately visible results.
This is
the danger because the enemy is not only outside but inside our borders
and we
simply cannot "nuke 'em," as has been proposed. There are some
"journalists" who appear daily on our TV screens who seem to be
unable to grasp the simple concept that you have to investigate
the
causes of terrorism in order to achieve a permanent cure. It
is tragic
that when some well-meaning relatively prominent people advance this
idea they
are being insulted as "peaceniks," "incompetents" or worse.
It is these journalists who need to be educated in the fundamentals of
life
before they fuel the flames of hate and revenge.
The tragedy, apart from loss of life and property, is that some of our
"public opinion molders” actually help the terrorists to achieve their
objective by spreading fear among our citizenry. Life is a precious
gift but we
are doomed to die the moment we are born. This is an incontrovertible
fact. The
only question is what we do with the span of years which is allotted to
us. We can
fritter them away in the "pursuit of happiness" or we can endow our
lives with meaning. Unfortunately the type of meaning which we give to
our
lives differs considerably depending upon our life experiences and
upbringing.
But let there be no doubt: the people who hijacked the planes and those
who
organized this crime firmly believed that they were doing God's
will.
All three major religions involved in this tragedy profess to believe
in the
One God of the universe Who is just, loving and merciful, Yet in actual
practice individuals tend to believe in their tribal deity who will aid
or
avenge them as the case may be. Even Hitler believed
he was
doing God's work when he persecuted the Jews. In Mein Kampf
he wrote "So
glaube ich heute im Sinne des allmaechtigen Schoepfers zu handeln:
Indem ich
mich des Juden erwehre, kaempfe ich fuer das Werk des Herrn" (I,
therefore, believe today that I am acting in accordance with the
intention of
the Almighty Creator: By defending myself against the Jew I am fighting
for the
work of the Lord). The Second World War was portrayed as a battle
between good
and evil on both sides. This seems
incredible
in retrospect but the German soldiers fighting on the Eastern Front
were
convinced that they were saving Western civilization from Bolshevism,
and on
the Western front they hoped to defeat Jewish-Capitalist interests
which would
enslave the fatherland. At the same time the Americans and British were
saving
that same Western civilization from Nazism. At Placentia Bay, before
the
signing of the Atlantic Charter in August of 1941,
Roosevelt
and Churchill sang "Onward Christian Soldiers" while the Wehrmacht
was fighting the atheistic Soviet Union. To portray a struggle in
apocalyptic
terms makes good propaganda on both sides because it fires the emotions
but it
fosters hate rather than reason. We clamor for justice but most of our
pundits
fail to see that justice is, or at least should be, indivisible.
By aligning ourselves unequivocally with the policies of the state of
Israel we
have turned a blind eye to the injustices which are being perpetrated
against
the native Palestinians in the territories conquered during the 1967
war.
Samuel Johnson wrote in regard to the American War of
Independence, which he thoroughly disapproved of, that patriotism
is the last refuge of a scoundrel. The winner writes
history.
Had George Washington lost he and his most prominent
followers
would probably have been hanged. So it is with terrorism. Yesterday's
terrorists can become Prime Ministers if the struggle succeeds but
remain
condemned if they fail. Terrorism is the
ultimate
weapon of the dispossessed and I am sure nobody wants to be
reminded
that Prime Minister Begin as well as Prime
Minister
Shamir started their political lives as terrorists
against British rule (see Terror out of Zion. The Fight for
Israeli
Independence by J. Bowyer Bell). The axiom that the end justifies
the
means is still adhered to, by both sides, although one doesn't want to
put it
that crudely.
During the past two months I read, among others, three books which are
highly á
propos. One was Barbara Tuchman's March
of Folly,
Gloria Whelan's Angel on the Square
and Die Rache Gottes. Radikale Moslems, Christen und Juden
auf dem
Vormarsch by Gilles Kepel. Tuchman
eloquently
described how nations have acted against their best self-interest by
simply
persevering on a given course when it had become obvious that it would
lead to
disaster. She closed her book with the example of the Vietnam War but
had she lived
longer she might have added a chapter on the policies of the state of
Israel
since the 1967 war. Whelan's book is aimed at adolescents to teach them
the
rudiments of the causes for the Russian revolutions of 1917 and shows
exquisitely how the leading upper crusts of Imperial Russia utterly
failed to
recognize the intensity of the storm which was beginning to brew in
their
midst. The relevance to today's events is that we are likewise blinding
ourselves to the anger of the dispossessed masses in the Muslim world
which
finds its outlet in religious fury.
Kepel's book was originally published in French under the title La
Revanche
de Dieu Chretiens, juifs et musulmans a la reconquete du monde and
it is
now available in English as The Revenge of God: The resurgence of
Islam,
Christianity and Judaism in the Modern World. It is perhaps
noteworthy
that the French word reconquet would best be translated into
German as
Wiedereroberung, rather than Vormarsch, which means
advance,
and in English as re-conquest rather than resurgence. More important
is,
however, the fact that the book was originally published in 1991. I had
bought
it in Vienna in the early nineties but did not take it very seriously
at the
time. September 11 immediately brought the chilling contents back to
memory and
I re-read key sections. In short the author documents the return to
biblical or
Koranic Fundamentalism as a protest movement against
the
secular society the United States is regarded as promoting world wide.
Yet all
three groups have different goals. Evangelical Christians,
steeped in the Revelation of St. John the
Divine,
want to help the Jewish state to build its Third Temple which in turn
would
herald the arrival of the Antichrist and subsequently
Jesus'
second coming. Fundamentalist Jews
want the Temple built on the original site which would bring the Jewish
Messiah who, obviously, would have no use for the return of an
"avenging Jesus." Fundamentalist Muslims despise the
presence of Christians as well as Jews in the Middle East which they
regard as
their patrimony. Thus the battle lines are drawn among Fundamentalists
of any
of the three versions. There cannot be any compromise because all of
them are
acting in the name of God. The last sentences of the book when
translated from
the German version read: "In the short run the parallel development of
these religious movements, all of which want to re-conquer the world,
has to
lead to confrontation. As such the conflict between the 'believers’,
who make
the resurgence of their religious identity a yardstick for their
exclusive as
well as limited truths, is preprogrammed."
It is obvious that a war of ideas of this type cannot be won by bombs,
rockets
or invasions but only by another idea which unites rather than divides
humanity. The Sharon government insists on meeting
terror with
terror and wants to enlist us into this spiral of ever escalating
violence.
Seductive as the idea is it should be resisted because Israel has tried
this
strategy for the past thirty years at least and is nowhere nearer to a
degree
of peace. While Arafat is far from blameless for the
impasse
to place the entire burden on his shoulders, as is currently popular
here and
in Israel, is not necessarily justified. We are told over and over
again that
not only did he walk away at Camp David from the most wide ranging
concessions
ever offered by an Israeli Prime Minister but in addition answered them
with Intifada
II showing thereby that he does not want to coexist with a
Jewish
state. This opinion was most recently emphasized again by Norman
Podhoretz in the October issue of Commentary.
Yet, let us be honest with each other, Podhoretz concedes that no
minutes of the Camp David sessions have ever been
published
and we have, therefore, no idea what Arafat rejected
and why. Was
the Palestinian state as envisaged by Israel and the U.S. viable or was
it an
assortment of Palestinian and Israeli enclaves in what was supposed to
have
been the state? We simply don't know but we should insist on
seeing the
documents because there does not seem to be any reason for
secrecy in
regard to a failed meeting in our free society. The policy of creating settlements,
in the occupied territories which has been pursued by all Israelis
governments
since 1967 has led to a such a patchwork quilt that
it is
extremely difficult to see how national sovereignty could be
established in
that area. One glance at the map published on page 104 in Whither
Zionism? clearly shows the tremendous difficulty of
establishing a
viable truly independent state in the area even if the partners in the
peace
process were to proceed with the best of intentions. Podhoretz does not
address
the problem and seems to believe that Israel can just continue with its
past
policies and in the long run the Palestinians will see the errors of
their way.
September 11 changed the outlook irrevocably. The entire world has been
affected economically and the genie is literally out of the bottle. If
Prime
Minister Sharon wants to "go it alone," as he has promised, he can do
so but under these circumstances America should not be held hostage to
failed
and failing policies.
What is to be done now? In order to formulate a correct
strategy we must first of all understand what each side to the
conflict really wants. But In order to do so we must see
ourselves
through the eyes of the adversary. We will
disagree
with his perception but that does not make it less real for the
perceiver. Osama
bin Ladin, as the symbol of radical Islam,
sees the
United States as a decadent country bent on the pursuit of material
happiness
in disregard of the moral laws of God, and controlled by Jewish
interests.
America supports and props up the state of Israel as a colonial outpost
in an
area of the world which, apart from the Crusades' era, has always been
Islamic.
Jewish secular culture perverts established morals and customs while
political
Zionism strives for an enlargement of their state. In order to rid the
land of
Palestine from Infidels the power of the United States must be broken.
This is
best achieved by involving America in a drawn out war
especially in
Afghanistan where other superpowers of the past
(Imperial
Great Britain and the Soviet Union) have ground out their eye teeth. In
addition the Muslim masses who hate their non-elected secular regimes,
as stooges
of the Great Satan, must be mobilized, especially, if
and when
an Islamic country is invaded by foreigners. The disenfranchised young
people
in the Muslim countries are sufficiently restless to yearn for change
and
Islamic revolutions on the model of Iran are to be brought about.
Therefore,
major military action by the United States is a requirement
to
bring this plan to fruition and continued provocation
through
a variety of terror attacks is the only way to
accomplish this
objective.
What does Israel want? Here the answer is less clear
because
there are too many factions in the country. The majority of the people
just
want to live in peace with their neighbors but this is at present
difficult to
achieve. We, therefore, have to ask what the leadership wants.
Obviously it
also wants peace but there are considerable differences of opinion as
to how
this can be accomplished. The governing Sharon
faction
believes that only a hard line military approach will
succeed
while the Peres group has not yet given up on a negotiated
settlement. In addition the country is quite divided as to
what kind
of state it is supposed to be. Is it to be a secular democracy with
majority
rule or a Jewish state governed by ancient Jewish law? Ever since the
creation
of the state there were two major factions which co-existed uneasily.
These may
be called political Zionism and religious
Zionism.
Political Zionism, which founded the country, was secular in nature and
as such
opposed by religious Zionists who felt that the state was illegitimate
because
only the Messiah can bring about the ingathering of the dispersed and
the
erection of the Third and Final Temple. Over the years political and
religious
aspirations were fused by some visionaries in the attempt to create a Greater
Israel beyond the UN established 1948 borders. For them it is
not
Israel which is the intruder onto Muslim lands but Israelis are simply
reclaiming their inheritance, promised by God, which they had lost
temporarily.
This goal has not yet been abandoned as the settlement policies of the
various
Israeli governments prove. Although the settlements have considerable
popular
approval, the problem what to do with a relatively large and probably
hostile
minority Arab population within the Jewish state tends to be ignored.
There
are, however, some fanatics who envision a Final Solution
(to
use a well known phrase) which in their eyes will ensure a permanent
peace. The
autocratic governments of neighboring Arab states such as Syria,
Lebanon, Iraq, Egypt
and may
be Jordan have to be toppled and regimes favorable to
Jewish
values installed. This can only be accomplished by war with the help,
or at
least the tacit approval, of the United States. To achieve this end
terrorism
against the United States can be silently welcomed because it is
expected to
lead to an intensification of hatred against Arabs in the U.S. and
thereby a
further identification of America's goals with those of Israel.
America's current war on terrorism is to be not only fully supported in
its
present stage but needs to be expanded to other Muslim "rogue"
states. With America fully occupied and radicalized by subsequent
further acts
of Islamic terrorism Israel can then finally achieve its borders
promised to
Abraham.
Let me make it unequivocally clear that the overwhelming majority of
Israelis
do not harbor such Machiavellian fantasies and are genuinely distressed
about
the loss of innocent lives on September 11; but it is also dangerous to
ignore
the latent streak of fanaticism in a small minority which pursues only its
goals regardless of the costs to others.
What does America want? There is absolutely no doubt
that the
vast majority of the population just wants to be left in peace to
pursue its
own personal goals in freedom. This why most of us came here in the
first
place. Even our leadership does not want war but to get the economy
moving and
to work for global prosperity. Nevertheless in spite of the current
unity the
country's opinion makers are split on how to set things right in the
world. On
account of the so-called Judeo-Christian tradition (a
term
which, by the way, is rejected by observant Jews), there are strong
emotional
ties to Judaism and the state of Israel. Powerful military action is
urged by
the majority of journalists. Currently in the minority is another group
which
regards war as folly but has as yet no strong support from the media.
This is
bound to change if and when body bags were to arrive in larger numbers.
For these reasons a major war against Islamic states
is not
in the best interest of the United States but serves only the
purposes
of Radical Muslims and proponents of a Greater Israel. The Eye
for an
Eye policy which has been tried by Israel for decades is
inappropriate
for the United States and a paradigm shift has to take place.
Our country is made up not only of evangelical Christians and Jews but
of a
wide variety of individuals with other belief systems which our
political
leadership needs to take into account. While simply turning the other
cheek is
not an option, judicious pursuit of policies which do not pour fuel on
the
flames is called for and our leadership has indeed resisted to be
stampeded
into precipitous action.
We can be very grateful that the September 11 attack fell into the
first year
of the Bush presidency rather than the last year of Clinton's
tenure. Politics would have dictated a war, Al Gore
would, in all probability, have won the election and the country would
have had
a Jewish vice-President. This is not to impugn Senator
Lieberman's
patriotism but some further tilt to the Israeli side would have been
unavoidable. President Bush is in the fortunate position of not having
to worry
about re-election at this time and even if there were to be no second
term it
would not be a personal disaster for him. He truly serves the country
rather
than political ambition and the same goes for his wife Laura, which is
welcome
contrast to our previous leadership. Thus Mr. Bush and his cabinet can
act in a
statesman-like manner rather than in a purely
political one.
Let me re-emphasize, therefore, in my opinion America has nothing to
gain by
major military actions but only a great deal to lose. We will not only
lose
lives and property but most of all our soul as a free and peace loving
people.
We will foster further hate which in turn begets hate and events are
likely to
spin totally out of control.
What is required of us now in these most difficult
circumstances is steadfastness of purpose with the goal of
bringing a
degree of peace as well as hope for a better future to the impoverished
Muslim
masses. It is obvious that the perpetrators of the
crime
should be found, through international efforts, and
brought to
justice, but this is only one step. We have
to convince
the minds of the people in the region that we
are indeed determined to bring justice to all the people in the area
and not
just some. America is still the world's best hope and if we
combine
our economic resources with those of the other developed nations we can
change
the current image of the Great Satan. The road is difficult indeed but
what we
need to do as individual citizens is to keep our heads, don't
give way
to irrational fears and pray that our leadership will
continue
to show forbearance and wisdom.
10-7-2001
The update as it appears above was written between October 5 and 6.
Today the
world has changed again and as may be apparent, from my point of view,
not for
the better. Nevertheless, the sentiments expressed above are, to my
mind, still
true and this is why I am not changing the contents. The bombing
campaign
against Afghanistan which began today will have consequences which are
as yet
unforeseeable and we can only pray that eventually reason will prevail
over
passion.
November 1, 2001
Hawaii; Afghanistan war; Judeo-Christian tradition; Ariel Sharon
Since the purpose of these entries is to provide contemporary documentation of
American life or Zeitgeschichte, as it would be called in German,
you are being treated in this installment not only to opinions on current
events but also to some personal information.
In order to escape from the incessant war- and scare-mongering of the national
media my wife Martha and I decided to heed the President's advice, go on with
our lives and stimulate the economy. Since flying and cruising is somewhat
cheaper right now we thought it a good idea to take a long postponed cruise
through the Hawaiian Islands on the good ship Independence
of American Hawaiian Cruises.
We booked our flight tickets separately (to get the cheapest fares) and paid
for the ship with my credit card. One week before going came the call from the
travel agency that the company had fallen victim to bin-Ladin's efficiency and declared
bankruptcy. An immediate call to Merrill Lynch brought the good news
that the $2435 had not yet been cashed and the transaction was red-flagged so
that no money would be paid out. This left us, however, with the discounted
airline tickets which were, of course, non-refundable. Instead of writing off
the six hundred dollars we thought we might as well spend the money, Osama had
saved us, on a hotel in Maui, where we
could enjoy nature and converse with the birds and fish. The Kaanapali
Beach Hotel fit the budget with $1200 for the two of us for one week,
which left the other $1200 for food, drink and excursions. When all was said
and done we actually came out ahead by about $300.
The hallmark of airline travel was that, although Delta provided us with
excellent steaks coming and going across the Pacific, the safety considerations
demanded that we had to eat with plastic knives and forks. Trying to cut a
steak with a terrorist-prove small knife which bends in all directions is a
feat which Martha was unable to accomplish with finger joints ravaged by age,
so she had to return to the ways of our ancestors; simply wrap up the thing and
eat it from her hand. About 500+ years of civilization was gone for reasons of
"security." To enhance our security even further we had, obviously,
to be at the airport two hours earlier but fortunately Salt
Lake City and Maui as well as Honolulu
still had curbside check-in, which avoided interminable lines. Contrary to our
media pundits’ opinions people are still fond of flying and the planes were
full.
On the return trip we would have to have left the hotel at 4 30 in the morning
to make a 7 55 flight from Maui to Honolulu
in order to catch the 10 a.m. flight
to LAX. Since this did not correspond to my idea of a vacation we opted to take
a noon flight from Maui to Honolulu one day earlier (I wanted to see Waikiki
beach and Diamond Head anyway) and leaving the hotel at 7 30 am would
have given us ample time for catching our plane to LA. This was not to be. The
hotel to the airport shuttle people insisted that we have to leave at 7 a.m. in spite of the fact that the trip takes
only 25 minutes. We had to submit to the rules and when we got to the airport
20 minutes later we found people patiently and uncomplainingly waiting in line
to go through inspection for plant and animal material one might have wanted to
bring along as souvenirs. Surprisingly enough there was no movement of that
line and inquiry revealed that they don't open this inspection counter until 8 a.m. Such are the joys of today's travel. The
civilized ways of former days are gone for good in our "Do it
yourself" society which is strictly geared to the young and vigorous.
Mind you I am not complaining, I am simply stating a fact that we are going
backwards in our civilization rather than forwards. On the other hand Maui
was charming and one of my colleagues who had told me before going "you
won't want to come back" was absolutely correct. Sitting on the beach
looking out on the Lahaina Roads (stretch of water between
Maui and the island of Lanai) watching the surf come in, visiting with the
tropical fish and turtles on Black Rock beach, and eventually seeing the sun
set behind Lanai more than made up for the follies we are currently being
subjected to by the people who control our fate.
The contrast between the beauties of nature and human behavior was magnified
when we turned on CNN after dinner and were treated to a daily dose of bombing
Kabul, Taliban
positions and anthrax scares. One asks oneself where
is Homo sapiens - man the wise - when one sees conduct which is
strictly contrary to all good sense. In September when President Bush was
quoted as having said that he wouldn't send a million dollar cruise missile to
hit a mud hut and kick a camel in the butt, I applauded him for his foresight.
Media and other pressures made passion prevail over reason and we are now doing
what he said we wouldn't.
Our Media hounds - and I really have no other word for them - constantly tell
us what the "American people" want. Well, I am one
of the American people and I don't want to bomb mud huts and camels. I also
don't want our commandoes to go on ill defined missions with no adequate
information on where the supposed targets, be they Osama
or Mullah Omar, are really hiding. Our boys are sent into potential
death traps and they deserve better. Some media commentators were surprised
that the Taliban are fighting well. What's the surprise? It's their country and
they have been doing nothing else but fight for decades, if not centuries. The
arrogance, as well as ignorance, of some of these pundits is staggering. The
British fought two wars in Afghanistan
during the nineteenth century and left both times with a bloody nose, the
Russians tried it recently and got out after ten years with the Soviet
Union in shambles. For that I am grateful because I had no use for
their system of government. But why in all the world
should we be more successful? Because we are a high-tech
superpower? Have we forgotten that the ridiculed black pajama-clad boys
with a minimum amount of equipment, no air power but an indomitable will to
succeed, kicked us out of Viet Nam?
Does anybody really believe that Afghans will be any easier
to defeat when we come to introduce our ideas of how the country
should be run?
The American people I talk to are not particularly keen on this war either, but
nobody asks them. I haven't found anybody who has been subjected to one of the
famous public opinion polls. I miss especially a poll which would ask
all of the 5000 or so families who have lost
one or more of their members in the tragic events of September 11 whether or
not they want a war with Afghanistan.
They are the ones who have suffered and they should be heard. Fragmentary and
anecdotal information seems to suggest that they don't want an eye for an eye.
Gandhi has been credited for saying that the policy of "an eye for an eye
leaves everybody blind" and that is also the truth.
What are we dropping bombs for? Ostensibly to get rid of the Taliban and with
their demise Osama would have no place to hide, except possibly Iraq,
Libya and other
assorted "rogue states" whom we would bomb
thereafter. The world would then be safe from terrorism and in the words of the
fairy tales "everybody would live happily forever after." This is so
naive that I cannot believe anybody in government really believes this. I was
born a European, have lived under Goebbels, and became American by choice. I
am, therefore, sufficiently skeptical of propaganda and even a cursory
knowledge of history shows that most wars and revolutions had ulterior motives.
This gets me back to Hawaii.
The revolution in 1893 was fomented by American sugarcane
growers who saw their profits disappear unless the islands were annexed by America.
The official reason was, of course, the undemocratic behavior of the Queen who
threatened the lives of the American settlers. The Spanish-American war
in 1898 was ostensibly to rid Cuba
of cruel Spanish dictatorship; to extract revenge for the sinking of the Maine
and to bring Christianity to the forsaken natives in the Philippines.
The fact that the Filipinos had been Christians for centuries was disregarded.
Also disregarded was the fact that the Spanish had absolutely no interest in
fighting America
and, in all probability, had nothing to do with the Maine
disaster. The Spanish had to be driven out, not only from the Western
Hemisphere but also the Pacific, because after Hawaii
had been digested it was America's Manifest Destiny to bring
good government to most everybody in the Pacific. In 1917 along came President
Wilson who believed, with religious fervor, that the world
must be made safe for democracy which could only be achieved by
entering the war on the Allied side. The fact that the Allies were deeply in
debt to America
for all the arms they had to buy and that this debt could never be collected if
the Central Powers had won the war, was obviously irrelevant.
That the world did not become safe for democracy, as Wilson had so devoutly
hoped and prayed for, and that instead another war, even more horrible than the
first one, resulted from it, is ignored. So is the fact that the current Arab-Israeli
turmoil also goes back to WWI and the subsequent
division of the spoils among the victorious Allies. That the British promised,
at that time, the same piece of real estate to the Arabs as well as the Jews
nobody wants to be reminded of either.
When Arabs resist the values of Western culture and are feeling left out from
the benefits which globalism is supposed to bring, when they
see that the poor get poorer and the rich richer they cannot be expected to
become enchanted forever with the carrot which is being dangled before their
noses. If they try to assert themselves they get the stick in form of bombs or
rockets as Saddam Hussein has found out. Increasing social
unhappiness by the masses is bound to lead to unrest and there will always be
educated people to provide leaders. Let us not forget that the leadership of
the proletarian revolutions during the nineteenth and twentieth century was
never in the hands of the working class but in those of intellectuals (Marx,
Engels, Lassale, Liebknecht, Lenin, Trotsky, Adler to name just a few) who took
pity on the downtrodden and promised them the blue from the sky in form of a
socialist utopia. After the demise of the Soviet Union,
socialist dreams have temporarily lost some steam and in its breach stepped
religion which has always been useful to mask imperial aspirations.
Deny it as we might the current war against "terrorism"
is indeed a religious war of ideas and, as mentioned
repeatedly, it cannot be won by bombs or even ground troops in Afghanistan,
Iraq or other
places around the world. Even if the Taliban were to be defeated
and a pro-Western government installed in Kabul,
fundamentalist-nationalists would simply melt into the mountains and guerilla
warfare, accompanied by terrorist tactics, would continue ad infinitum.
It pains me to say so but Osama bin-Ladin has so far succeeded
beyond his wildest dreams. A $200.000 investment in martyrs (which was recouped
anyway by selling assets on the stock market before its expected crash) has
produced, and continues to produce, billions of dollars of losses to the
American economy, fear is being spread by the media and if we are to believe
our politicians we are engaged in an Afghan war with a projected duration of
several years. Even if we kill bin-Ladin now he will be a martyr (which is what
he wants anyway) who goes to paradise and his image will spur on other fanatics
to continue with his work of creating hatred for America
in the Islamic world.
Even we in America
are apparently fighting for religious principles because we
have been told that this is a war of good against evil. Jesus'
words: "Whoever is not against us is with us" have been turned into:
"Who is not with us is against us!" There can be no neutrals now we
are told; the world has to be strictly polarized. This is what the "Judeo-Christian
tradition" apparently means. That Christianity
and Judaism are supposed to operate on different premises
can no longer be openly acknowledged. Jesus was a Jew we are told and,
therefore, adhered to the Jewish religion to the bitter end. The fact that he
changed Judaism fundamentally the moment he told the parable of the Good
Samaritan in answer to the question: "who is my neighbor?" is not
taken into account. This question of the scribe, as reported by Luke, was not
rhetorical because Jews did distinguish very carefully between themselves and
others. Jews were to help each other but they were to shun contact with
foreigners. When Jesus told the scribe that your neighbor is anyone in need of
help, even a despised Samaritan, he violated one of the most sacred taboos. In
addition he had the audacity to tell the Jewish religious leaders that the
Sabbath was made for man and not man for the Sabbath; to eat with
"sinners," thereby abrogating the sanctity of the dietary laws; and
ultimately going after temple money by overthrowing the tables of the money
changers. This clearly put him beyond the pale of Jewish religious authorities
and required a death sentence. We are now told by some that Jesus was a
fanatical zealot and that is why the Romans crucified him. But this is only an
attempt to exonerate the Jewish ruling circles of Jerusalem
at that time and to foster harmony between Christians and Jews. But a harmony
which is based on a wrong premise can never be lasting.
We must openly admit to the differences between the Jewish and Christian
religion before we can agree on common principles. Judaism was
and for true believers still is, essentially tribal
in its nature. This may sound harsh but the disapproval of intermarriage, the
insistence by rabbinical authorities on separateness and fear of assimilation
are facts of life which cannot be denied. Careful reading of the sayings by the
prophets makes it also undeniably clear that they were nationalists. The
redemption of this world was to be brought about by Jews and the Law,
to which all nations will have to subscribe, will come from Zion.
The famous beating of swords into plowshares in Is. 2:4 is preceded by
"people going up to the mountains of the Lord, to the house of the God of
Jacob; and he will teach us his ways, and we will walk in his paths: for out of
Zion shall go forth the law; and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem. And he
shall judge the nations and shall rebuke many people." While Christians
may read this symbolically, fundamentalist Jews tend to think in terms of the
here and now. It is the earthly, rather than the heavenly Jerusalem,
to which all nations will have to flow and it will be the God of Jacob
rather than the Heavenly Father of Jesus who will lay down the
law! These statements may come as a surprise to those who believe that
"Jews are just a quirky Protestant sect" as Stephen Feldman has put
it in Please, Don't wish me a Merry Christmas. But
while that book is clearly polemical, the one by Rabbi Neusner Jews and
Christians. The Myth of a Common Tradition is scholarly,
well reasoned and ought to be required reading for evangelical Christians of
the Pat Robertson and Jerry Falwell genre.
They also ought to visit the website of a steadily growing subset of Orthodox
Judaism at www.noahide.com. This should dispel any notion that
Judaism and Christianity are simply variants of one common religion like
Catholicism and Protestantism.
Where does this leave our Christian leadership which is engaged in this "Crusade"
against terrorism as President Bush has unfortunately called
it. I said "unfortunately" deliberately because the word has a bad
connotation in the minds of Muslims. The Crusaders did not behave like
followers of Jesus' teachings: they murdered, raped and plundered not only Jerusalem
but even Christian Constantinople. The Muslim hero of the Crusades is Saladin,
who soundly defeated and permanently crippled the Christian Crusaders at the
battle of Hattin (A.D.1187). It is his example Saddam and Osama are trying to
follow. I sincerely doubt that some of our fire-breathing media pundits have
ever heard of this epoch making battle and the difference in the treatment of
the inhabitants of Jerusalem first
by the Christian and then the Muslim conquerors. The latter let the population
of the city live while the former "put them to the sword," as the
saying goes, regardless of what religion they belonged to. I am not extolling
the virtues of Islam over Christianity, I am simply recounting historical facts
and when it comes to politics Christianity has never
been tried ever since it became the official state religion in the Roman
Empire.
The reasons are obvious. Jesus' teachings such as: love those who hate you,
when struck turn the other cheek and my kingdom is not of this world; have no
place in power politics. Jews and Muslims are more honest in this respect
because they make no such demands on the adherents of their faiths. Therefore,
let us leave religious-moral sloganeering out of American propaganda and
concentrate instead on actions which prove to the world at large and Muslims in
particular that Americans, regardless of what faith they profess, do care for
others who do not share their belief system. The month of Ramadan
would be an excellent opportunity to do so. Instead of continuing to bomb and
send commandoes we could use the money and the troops to feed and clothe
the starving hundreds of thousands of Afghans in the refugee camps in Pakistan
and in those areas of Afghanistan
which are not under direct Taliban control. Dropping food from the
air, as well as bombs, makes good propaganda but has little practical value.
The impoverished Afghan people will have difficulty getting to it and when they
are successful the Taliban can always confiscate it "for the good of the
country." In addition, while the ordinary Afghan will have to walk or get
to the drop points - wherever they are - by mule, donkey or camel, the Taliban
who have trucks can get there first.
There is nothing we can do for the people who live under Taliban control at
this time but we have a great opportunity to show our compassion - not through
some nebulous relief agencies but through our troops - by helping, those who
have escaped, with food and half-way decent housing for the upcoming winter
months. That would be a display of genuine Christian charity. Although an
effort of this type would probably be derided by Osama's followers as a
propaganda ploy, the people whose lives we save rather than destroy would be
grateful and the news networks including Al-Jazeera would broadcast the good
news far and wide. It will not deter the likes of Osama but would-be followers
might be persuaded that there is a better way than bombs and killing. To those
who argue that this proposal is unrealistic I can only say: yes, as long as you
don't try it! Actions always speak louder than words and we are judged by what
we do rather than what we say.
Two years ago at Thanksgiving I wrote the final words for War and Mayhem
and it is appropriate to repeat them in part at this time: "The challenges
of the next century, let alone millennium, are going to be enormous. Will our
'opinion makers' and politicians conduct themselves any wiser than in the past?
Will we be able to resurrect a universal moral code and live by it? Will we be
able to meet criticism and differences of opinions without demonizing those who
think differently and try to understand why they do so? Will we be able to look
beyond generalizations to the individuals who make up the groups and deal with
them according to individual behavior rather than preconceived notions which
supposedly characterize the group?" I went on to say that if we could
answer these questions affirmatively there is hope for mankind but if not we
are going to slide into an abyss the magnitude of which can hardly be imagined
at this time.
Our response to the September 11 tragedy does not bode well for the future and
the current November issue of Commentary
contains chilling information. The lead article by Daniel Pipes: "The
Danger Within: Militant Islam in America,"
depicts a nightmare scenario of Muslim forces taking over our government and
turning us into an Islamic Republic on the model of Iran.
One may laugh about this but Pipes is serious and provides documentation for
his opinion. The second article by Mark Helprin: "What Israel Must Now Do
to Survive," is equally eerie. Not only does Helprin advocate that
Israelis need to arm themselves to the teeth now but he also asks: "Is it
not obvious that now is the time, when American and Israeli interests plainly
coincide, for Israel to destroy [emphasis added] the
laboratories [of weapons of mass destruction], reactors, processing plants and
depots where untold terror might arise?" Helprin concludes "Such a
thing seems perilous, and it is, but hardly more perilous than its
alternative." It seems that it was this type of thinking which caused Secretary
of State Colin Powell to immediately reverse his criticism of the Sharon
government at the time it sent tanks back into Palestinian territory and to
call him “a dear friend" (Salt Lake Tribune, October 25,2001).
The American "public opinion molders" and our politicians who react
to their pressure tend to be remarkably poorly informed about foreign affairs.
This leads to government from crisis to crisis without a long range steadily
pursued goal. This is outright dangerous. When Prime Minister Sharon said
recently that Israel
will go it alone if the U.S.
does not condone his actions we have to keep Sharon's
life history in mind. It is even more important than Arafat's.
The ill-fated invasion of Lebanon
in 1982 was planned and executed by Sharon.
The Reagan peace plan, thereafter, was rejected by
him and the massacre in the Sabra-Shatila Palestinian refugee camp,
although carried out by Christian Lebanese Phalangists, was clearly condoned by
Sharon. He was severely criticized
for it by concerned Israelis and lost his job as Defense Minister. The details
of this affair, as well as other injustices against Palestinians which have
over the years been perpetrated by a succession of Israeli governments are well
documented in Noam Chomsky's book: The Fateful Triangle. The United
States, Israel
& The Palestinians. The book was
published in 1983 and should be required reading for everybody in government
and the media. It is absolutely tragic that no attention has been paid to this
book although the concluding paragraph states: "Meanwhile, at least this
much seems clear. As long as the United States remains committed to an Israeli
Sparta as a strategic asset, blocking the international consensus on a
political settlement, the prospects are for further tragedy: repression,
terrorism, war and possibly even a conflict that will engage the superpowers,
eventuating in a final solution from which few will escape." The first
part of the prophecy is a fact of life now and with Sharon's
finger on the trigger of Israel's
nuclear devices the last words are no longer far fetched either. If Israeli
politicians were to feel themselves pushed against the wall The Samson
Option, as it has been called by Seymour Hersh in his 1991 book, may
well become attractive. Furthermore, if Israeli scientists were to have, in the
meantime, perfected a neutron bomb which kills only people and animals, rather
than destroy property, the world could be in dire straits. The vital oil
installations might remain viable and could switch from Arab into Jewish hands.
What a temptation for any government if it were to feel that its survival is at
stake. The backlash which would subsequently ensue against America
would be both vicious and interminable.
It is in this context that the third article of the current Commentary issue:
"The Wages of Durban" by Arch Puddington needs to be seen. The UN World
Conference Against Racism (WCAR) had concluded a few days before the
September 11 catastrophe. The conference was marred by anti-Israeli and
anti-Jewish polemics, as well as demands for reparations for slavery and
colonial misconduct, by a variety of delegates. Nevertheless it was only Israel
and the United States who walked away from the conference demonstrating to the
world that: whatever you say or do we don't care we go our own way together! If
our fate is truly irrevocably linked to actions initiated by the government in Jerusalem
rather than Washington our war on
terrorism is bound to fail. If we were to win but lose in the process the
freedoms we still enjoy the victory would be a hollow one. What use is it to
gain the whole world if you lose your soul?, the
biblical writer asked. Yes indeed! I personally wish the Jewish people, both
here and in Israel,
well but as I said on previous occasions justice is indivisible
and, difficult as it is, justified grievances by the Palestinians must be
addressed now. Time is running out.
December 2001
War On Terrorism
The collapse of the Taliban in
northern and
central Afghanistan took everybody by surprise and made the Ramadan
suggestions
of the previous month's installment irrelevant. This success was so
stunning
that "On to Baghdad" and let's get rid of Saddam
once and for all is now a common theme in our media. That American air
power
was an essential aspect of the Taliban's defeat is undeniable, but the
territory was taken on the ground by Afghans. Furthermore, nobody,
apart from a
few fanatics, liked the Taliban even in the Muslim world. The situation
may not
be as easy in Iraq.
It is true that most Iraqis are fed up with Saddam and would rather
live in a
democratic society. We should help them to attain this objective; but
bombs or
rockets can achieve this goal only if there are ground forces in place
that do
the actual fighting. Let us not forget that the "Northern Coalition"
was available in Afghanistan to do the dirty work, but whether or not
this type
of insurgent army is available in Iraq remains to be seen. Thus, unless
we can
engineer a relatively bloodless coup d'etat in Baghdad, we are likely
to have a
tough row to hoe. Even as far as Afghanistan is concerned the job is
far from
finished. Taliban fighters are beginning to melt into the abundant
mountains
and the new mujahadeens may harass any government in Kabul for a long
time to
come. For the Northern Alliance to suddenly give up the idea of
translating
their military power into political gains - out of the goodness of
their hearts
- would also be a first in world history.
We are told that our government is split in terms of how to proceed
next. The hawks,
whoever they may be, don't want our military assets,
which sit
in the Persian Gulf, to simply declare "mission
accomplished." I am reasonably sure that our reservists and
National Guard units who are engaged there now would be very happy to
be home
by Christmas, but who is going to ask them?
The "doves" in the administration, whoever they may
be, tend to think about long term political goals and
propose
strategies where bombs and rockets are the last rather than first
resort. They
also listen to responsible Arab leaders like President Mubarack
of Egypt who warned in no uncertain terms that the current coalition in
our war
on terrorism cannot hold together if we attack Iraq without providing
convincing evidence for a direct link between September 11 and Saddam's
government. Germany, and most members of the EU, have voiced similar
concerns
as well as most other nations of the world. A war on Iraq simply does
not have
the same popularity in other countries, apart from Israel, as the one
on
Afghanistan had.
Sergei Khrushchev headlined his article in the current
November/ December issue of American Heritage with "Finding
the
Killers Is the Easy Part." He stated that the fight against
extremism
needs to be pursued on three levels:
The simplest is the police level: finding the terrorists specifically
responsible for the events of September 11. The second level is the
police-plus-intelligence one: cracking the whole terrorist network. But
all
that will be useless if we don't reach the third level: fighting to
eliminate
the extreme dissatisfaction within the [Muslim] society. Without that,
the Arab
world will see our actions as an attack against all of them and their
religion,
and if we catch Osama bin Laden, he will be replaced by someone else.
What is
essential is strong pressure on both sides, on Israelis as well as on
Arabs,
much like the pressure we exerted in the former Yugoslavia. Without
that, all
thoughts of stopping terrorism will be useless.
Mr. Khrushchev is a senior fellow at the Thomas J. Watson Institute of
International Studies, at Brown University and that his views coincide
with
those I have expressed previously in these pages was gratifying. The gangrenous
sore of Palestinian-Israeli relationships must be addressed if
we want
to achieve a modicum of peace in that part of the world and thereby
reduce the
threat of terrorism. Let us not forget that modern terrorism
started
with Palestinians hijacking planes and the massacre
of Jewish
athletes at the Munich Olympic Games, in 1972. Thirty
years later the creation of a viable internationally recognized
Palestinian
state will not necessarily stop all terrorist acts in the world but, as
mentioned previously on these pages, would remove at least one point of
friction.
The American people, at large, are remarkably poorly
informed about the Middle East. On the Opinion page of a
recent Sunday
edition of the Salt Lake Tribune there was an extensive article, which
covered
nearly half the page, entitled: U.S. Guards Its Interests When It Takes
Israel's Side." In the article the lady chided one of those
"peaceniks" and wrote "Permit me to give you and the nation a
lesson in history and the future." In so doing she informed us that Israel
protects the Suez Canal and sees to it that it does not fall
into the
hands of the enemies of freedom. Since we have given control over the
Panama
Canal to the Chinese we should follow the example of the British who
sent their
fleet half way around the world to retain the Falkland Islands and
thereby
guard the route around Cape Horn.
Since this history lesson conflicted profoundly with my information I
sent
immediately a letter to the Public Forum page of the Tribune in which I
explained tat the Suez canal has been in Egyptian hands
since
the spring of 1956 and that the British - French -Israeli war
against
Egypt in November of that year, with the goal to retake possession of
the
canal, had to be abandoned as a result of severe pressure by the United
States
and the Soviet Union. This was the final end of British-French colonial
ambitions. The IDF (Israeli Defense Forces), which had performed
brilliantly in
regard to territorial gains (all of the Gaza strip and the entire Sinai
Peninsula), also were forced to withdraw as a result of a 65 to 1 vote
in the
UN. The lone dissenter was Israel; England and France abstained from
the vote. Ben-Gurion
was furious. He knew now that he could not rely on America under all
circumstances and embarked full steam, with the help
of
France, on arming Israel with nuclear weapons. This
was the
outcome of the Suez war and what we are now confronted with. I also
informed
the readership of the Tribune that the documentation for these
statements can
be found in Righteous Victims. A History of the Zionist-Arab
Conflict. 1881
- 1999 by Benny Morris and The Samson Option. Israel's
Nuclear Arsenal
and American Foreign Policy by Seymour Hersh.
This correct version of history was not palatable to the editors of the
Tribune
and the article was never published. Nevertheless it was helpful for me
to
refresh my memory and re-read aspects of the two mentioned books. In
the
November installment of Hot Issues I hedged my bets in regard to
Israel's
possession of neutron weapons but this is no longer necessary. Seymour
Hersh
states unequivocally in the Epilogue of The Samson Option:
"By
the mid-1980's, the technicians at Dimona
[Israel's
nuclear facility] had manufactured hundreds of low-yield neutron
warheads
capable of destroying large numbers of enemy troops with minimal
property
damage. The size and sophistication of Israel's arsenal allows
men
such as Ariel Sharon [who was out of power at that time] to dream of
redrawing
the map of the Middle East aided by the implicit threat of nuclear
force.
Israel has also been an exporter of nuclear technology and has
collaborated on
nuclear weapons research with other nations, including South Africa."
Hersh is not some fly by night journalist but he knows his facts and
has won
more than a dozen major journalism prizes. The book was published ten
years ago
and there is hardly any doubt that Israel has in the meantime continued
to
improve on its nuclear capability. Granted that Israel's
nuclear
arsenal is for defensive purposes, but why should
Arabs,
for whom the existence of Israel's capability is no secret, not
be concerned and develop their own counterweight? Why
do we
read about the threat of WMD (weapons of mass destruction) only in
relation to
"rogue regimes" like Saddam Hussein and there is not a single word
either printed in the papers or mentioned on TV?
Whom does Saddam really threaten? Is he going to ship to us numerous
batches of
Anthrax or other disease germs? Is he going to send us nuclear bombs?
What
would be the purpose? His regime would vanish over night and he knows
it. His
first goal is to hang on to his power and this cannot be accomplished
by
needlessly provoking the U.S. His second goal is to guard himself
against
Israel. Does he want to attack Israel first? This does not seem
particularly
likely because he knows full well that American retribution would be
swift and
devastating. Whatever else he is, he is not particularly suicidal.
Thus, if we
start a major war against Iraq we are not serving primarily America's
interests
but those of Israel.
While checking my facts in Benny Morris' book (he is Professor of
History at
Ben-Gurion University in Beersheba) about the British and
French Suez
canal debacle, which by the way coincided with the
Hungarian
uprising against the Soviets, I came upon a passage which is
also
highly á propos. At a funeral service on April 29, 1956 for the
assassinated
security officer Ro'i Rothenberg of Kibbutz Nahal-'Oz on the edge of
the Gaza
strip, Moshe Dayan delivered a eulogy which goes to
the heart
of the Israeli-Palestinian problem:
Yesterday at dawn Ro'i was murdered. The quiet of the spring morning
blinded
him, and he did not see those who sought his life hiding behind the
furrow. Let
us not today cast blame on the murderers. What can we say against their
terrible hatred of us? For eight years now, they have sat in the
refugee camps
of Gaza, and have watched how, before their very eyes we have turned
their land
and villages, where they and their forefathers previously dwelled, into
our
home. It is not among the Arabs of Gaza, but in our own midst that we
must seek
Ro'i's blood. How did we shut our eyes and refuse to look squarely at
our fate
and see, in all its brutality, the fate of our generation? Can we
forget that
this group of youngsters sitting in Nahal-'Oz, carries the heavy gates
of Gaza
on their shoulders?
Dayan continued with an admonition for Israelis to be forever vigilant:
"We are a generation of settlement, and without the steel helmet and
the
gun's muzzle we will not be able to plant a tree or build a house." He
concluded with "This is the fate of our generation.
This
is our choice - to be ready and armed, tough and harsh
- or to
let the sword fall from our hands and our lives be cut short."
Forty six years later and in another generation Americans are now
supposed to
"shut our eyes and refuse to look squarely at the fate of Israelis
"in all its brutality." Since 1956 Israel has enlarged its territory
and thereby harvested more hatred, which has now spilled over onto our
shores.
The refusal by our media to accept a connection between the
Israeli-Palestinian
conflict and our current terrorist problem is indeed self-inflicted
blindness.
At the time of this writing two American mediators are in the Middle
East. Their mission seems to be doomed
because Israeli newspapers and Television stations have already
complained that
the person in charge, retired Marine General Zinni, is not Jewish, had
close
ties with the Saudis and is, therefore, biased in favor of the
Palestinians. In
addition Pat Buchanan's column of November 20 on WorldNet
Daily stated that 89 senators had sent a letter to Secretary
of State
Colin Powell with the request not to pressure Israeli towards a peace
settlement.
This development was utterly predictable and this why I had suggested
in Whither
Zionism? that the only possible hope for a diminution, if not
resolution,
of this conflict could come from the United Nations Commission and the
Security
Council. If we veto the resultant implementation of their
recommendations we
have doomed our children and grandchildren to an endless "War on
Terrorism." The Israelis, in the words of Dayan, have
made
a choice to live by the sword. If our government forces us to
follow
their example we can also expect to die by the sword. Advocates of
peace are
currently not only derided as "peaceniks" but also by Michael
Kelly in his most recent editorial as "peacemongers!"
I gladly accept this title and intend to introduce myself to the Lord
in this
fashion when I meet him in the not too distant future. Unless He is
still a
"jealous God (Ex. 20:5)" who "will make Mine arrows drunk with
blood, And My sword shall devour flesh (Dt.32:42)" I don't expect any
problem on that account.
January 1, 2002
THE HOLY LAND - PROPAGANDA AND REALITY
With the beginning of every New Year one tends to
be filled
with hope that things will be better than in the past. The stunning and
it must
be admitted unexpected, phenomenally rapid successes of our military
forces
which resulted in the removal of the Taliban as a government raises
hopes for
future successes on the world stage. Our armed forces and their
leadership
deserve full credit and applause for a job well done. Afghanistan is in
the
process of being pacified, which may, however, still take some time
because the
various factions within the Afghani people have different ideas on how
the
country should be run. Whether or not they will continue to listen to
our well
meant advice is another question.
More troubling is, however, that America still seems to be unwilling to
realistically address one of the root causes for our War on Terrorism,
the
Middle East. The Holy Land continues to be mired in chaos and we seem
to have
hitched our wagon firmly to Prime Minister Sharon's vision of the
future.
'War Has Been Forced on Us' Sharon Says was the headline in
the Salt
Lake Tribune after a spate of suicide bombings committed by
Palestinians in
Israel. The slaughter of innocent civilians is indeed reprehensible and
measures must be taken to reduce these acts of random violence to a
minimum.
But an expectation that they can be stopped altogether, even by means
of the
most intense security measures and repression, is unrealistic and
should not be
fostered.
For me Sharon's words cited above evoked an eerie memory of the Third
Reich. Der uns aufgezwungene Krieg -
the war
which has been forced upon us - was the favorite phrase of Hitler
after the victory over France, when he made a feeble peace offer to
England
which was rebuffed, until the bitter end in 1945. The war was not
Germany's
fault it was Britain and France who had declared war on the Reich and
which led
to all the subsequent events, was the official propaganda line. That
Hitler had
started the war with his invasion of Poland and that the Western Allies
were
duty bound to stand by their guarantees, of which Hitler had been fully
aware,
the German people were supposed to have forgotten.
Any historical similarity must be viewed with caution but it does
behoove us to
look at the facts which have led Israelis and Palestinians to this
dreadful
impasse. Mortimer Zuckerman, Editor in Chief of the
prestigious U.S. News and World Report, kept repeating in a recent
editorial
that Arafat is a hate-filled terrorist who has never kept a promise in
his
life. It is he who has instigated all the Palestinian terrorist attacks
of the
past and who continues to do so now. Zuckerman wrote:
"When Arafat, ejected from Jordan and Lebanon, finally left his
stopping
place in Tunis to come to Gaza, he was essentially given a choice:
either a state
or terrorism. Perversely, Arafat said yes to terrorism and no to a
state. We
saw it again last year at Camp David. Arafat would not accept
the huge
concessions offered by then Prime Minister Ehud Barak and
endorsed by
President Clinton. If he had, a Palestinian flag would be flying today
over a
sovereign, independent, internationally recognized Palestinian state,
and there
would be no Israeli occupation."
This is not idle rhetoric but a firmly held belief by Mr. Zuckerman to
which
Americans should now subscribe or appear unpatriotic.
Let us examine dispassionately some of these statements. The most
important
aspect is that if Israel had withdrawn the occupying forces from the
areas
conquered in the Six Day War, as demanded by the Security
Council Resolution
242 of 22 November, 1967, the problems we see today could, in
all
probability, have been prevented. The Resolution, which was passed
unanimously,
demanded "Withdrawal of Israel armed forces from territory
occupied in the recent conflict." Israel ignored the
Resolution.
After the peace agreement with Egypt in 1979 Israel surrendered the
Sinai
Peninsula and considered its commitment in regard to Resolution 242
fulfilled
because the Resolution did not contain the words "all territory"but
only
"territory." It was actually the word "all" over which
bitter haggling had ensued and its omission prevented an American veto
of the
Resolution. That the right wing of the Israeli public, most prominently
represented by Likud under Prime Ministers
Begin,
Shamir, Netanyahu und now Sharon,
had absolutely no interest to withdraw from the West Bank and
Gaza
is exemplified by the party's manifesto for the 1977
election as cited in The Iron Wall by Avi
Shlaim
"The right of the Jewish people to the Land of Israel is eternal, and
an
integral part of its right to security and peace. Judea and
Samaria
[the occupied West Bank] shall therefore not be
relinquished
to foreign rule; between the sea and the Jordan, there will be
Jewish
sovereignty alone. Any plan that involves parts of Western
Eretz Israel
militates against our right to the Land, would inevitably lead to the
establishment of a 'Palestinian State,' threaten the security of the
civilian
population, endanger the existence of the State of Israel, and defeat
all prospects
of peace."
The goal was to create a "Greater Israel" which was
not limited to the armistice frontiers after the 1948 wars. The term
"Western" Eretz Israel is, therefore, potentially highly meaningful. Revisionist
Zionism, of which Likud is the offspring, always
wanted to
incorporate areas to the east of the Jordan River into the Jewish state.
Although further military expansion into Jordan was unrealistic in 1977
the
hope to ultimately bring this dream to fruition, has not yet died. In
the
meantime the territories conquered in 1967 were to be colonized with
Jewish
settlements. To attract settlers state subsidized housing would be
provided at
substantially reduced rates. Palestinian land would be expropriated and
the
civil rights of the Palestinian population in these areas were not
regarded as
worthy of attention. The aim was to create facts on the ground,
including in
East Jerusalem, which would mute any question of withdrawal.
Palestinians who
objected by violent means were jailed or expelled and the rest of the
people
had to submit to military rule. The consequences of this policy were,
of
course, utterly predictable. Yeshahayu Leibowitz (Judaism,
Human Values and the Jewish State) stated in an article, published
in 1988
and entitled Forty Years After:
"What many call 'the undivided Land of Israel' is not, and can never
be,
the state of the Jewish people, but only a Jewish regime of force. The state
of Israel today is neither a democracy nor a state abiding by the rule
of law,
since it rules over a million and a half people deprived of civil and
political
rights. That a subjugated people would fight for its freedom against
the
conquering ruler, with all the means at its disposal, without being
squeamish
about their legitimacy, was only to be expected...We call the acts of
the
Palestinians 'terrorism' and their fighters 'terrorists.' But we are
able to
maintain our rule over the rebellious people only by actions regarded
the world
over as criminal. We refer to this as 'policy' rather than 'terror'
because it
is conducted by a duly constituted government and its regular army."
Leibowitz called for a voluntary withdrawal of the occupation forces
but
"the conscience of Israel," as he was referred to, was ignored. So
were numerous UN resolutions which condemned the continued occupation
and the settlements
on occupied territory as being illegal under the Fourth Geneva
Convention which regulates the rights and obligations of an
occupying
power. Israel felt free to disregard the Convention because in the
views of its
leadership there is no occupation of conquered land. All of it is Eretz
Israel,
and whoever does not like it is simply wrong. The treatment of the
Palestinian
population is Israel's internal affair. The fact that this view is not
grounded
in international law but simply in a biblical interpretation and
therefore a
religious one is not being conceded.
When one reads Shlaim's book, as well as the one by Benny
Morris
which was mentioned in the December installment, it is absolutely
amazing how the
American public has been misled about the real facts. Was it
really
only Arafat who had deliberately sabotaged the Oslo peace process, as
Mr.
Zuckerman and a great many others insist on? The answer is: No!
Right-wing
Israeli politicians among them Benjamin Netanyahu have
been firmly
opposed to the Oslo Accord. Shlaim headed a
sub-chapter of his book with "Declaration of War on the Peace
Process." In it he lists the basic guidelines of the
government
as outlined by Prime Minister Netanyahu in his inaugural
speech to the Knesset in 1996. To quote from Shlaim's
book:
"Those who expected the Likud leader, once elected, to start blunting
the
edges of his opposition to the peace process, found no comfort in this
document. The guidelines were those of an ethnocentric
religious-nationalist government. The chapter on education
promised to
cultivate Jewish values and to put the Bible, the Hebrew language, and
the
history of the Jewish people at the center of the school curriculum.
The
foreign policy guidelines expressed firm opposition to a
Palestinian
state, to the Palestinian right of return, and to the
dismantling of Jewish settlements. They reserved the right to
use the
Israeli security forces against terrorist threats in the areas under
Palestinian self-rule. They called on Syria to resume peace talks
without
preconditions but at the same time ruled out any retreat from Israeli
sovereignty on the Golan Heights. The assertion of Israel sovereignty
over the
whole of Jerusalem was explicit and exhaustive. So was the commitment
to continue developing settlements as 'an expression of
Zionist
fulfillment'. And for good or bad measure, the guidelines made no
explicit reference to Oslo or Cairo agreements."
Is Mr. Zuckerman and those who write similar articles, merely unaware
of
history or does the rule: "I've made up my mind, don't confuse me with
facts!" hold? Another aspect of Netanyahu's speech is
noteworthy: "His call on Syria for talks without preconditions [while
having made a precondition himself] was widely seen as an attempt to
dissociate
himself from the verbal promises made by his predecessors. But there
was also
an implied warning that Israel would act not only against
terrorists
but against the sponsors of terror [emphasis added]." What was
implied in 1996 in Israel has become official policy of the
United
States in 2001. President Bush may now remove any government
we do not
like, either by bombing a given country into submission or by fomenting
internal upheavals. That this merely smacks of American Imperialism
dressed up
in humanitarian language ought to be obvious to any unbiased observer
of the
international scene.
Let me re-emphasize that I have never had any sympathy for the Taliban
and
Osama bin Laden's followers. I also have deep compassion for the
victims of the
September 11 attack and want to prevent future disasters of this type.
But if
we merely seek justice for the victims and the prevention of future
attacks we
do not have to antagonize a great many other countries. We
should rely
on Interpol as well as coordination of the various government security
agencies
around the world instead of massive bombing. The fact that
bombing
worked in Afghanistan, is no guarantee that it will do so in other
circumstances. If the Bush administration persists in the belief that
all
governments who have harbored terrorists need to be eliminated we have
a
massive job ahead. We will not only have to install a new regime in
Baghdad but
also in Syria, Lebanon, Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Lybia, Iran, Pakistan,
North
Korea, China and various other places around the globe, while we
condone and
support at the same time a repressive government in Israel. Under these
circumstances there will be nothing but war, human suffering, and
further
hatred of American policies.
An objective observer must admit that the Israelis and
their
supporters in the United States have done a superb propaganda
job
while the Arab-Palestinian side has shown a great
deal
of incompetence. This brings me to the oft repeated statement
that Arafat
had walked away from the 2000 Camp David peace plan
and chosen
terrorism instead. At no time have our government, the Israelis, or the
Palestinians published a transcript of the sessions and what the
conditions
were that Arafat was supposed to have accepted. What type of
state
should he have signed on to? Was it truly independent
and
contiguous or was it supposed to have been a
group of
isolated cantons where the access is
patrolled by
Israelis and water as well as power supplies are in Israeli hands? We
have not been shown these documents and, therefore, simply don't know.
The Palestinians
are being chided for not having presented a peace plan
of
their own. Theirs is actually rather simple. It says to Israel: obey
the Security Council Resolutions, dismantle the settlements on the West
Bank
and Gaza, withdraw your armed forces to
the
pre-June 1967 borders and allow refugees to return.
Since Israel is unwilling to do this the blame for the breakdown of
talks has
to be shifted onto the opponent. One cannot fault the Jews for this
strategy
because it works, but American citizens who morally
and
financially support Israel's policies should be given the facts.
There does not seem to be any reason why the minutes of the Camp David
meeting
are being withheld from public view. What is our government
afraid of,
and why do Congress and our media
not demand factual answers? As long as we do not have these answers we
will be
bombarded by propaganda on the one hand and conspiracy theories on the
other.
Why have Israeli politicians proven
to be so intransigent
towards genuine peace? The major reasons were already present in
1948
and 1949 when Ben-Gurion felt in no
hurry to
conclude peace with the neighbors, because he believed that
time was
on his side. Every peace treaty would inevitably
involve some territorial
concessions, and the return of the refugees
into the
Jewish state would create a major political problem. It was preferable,
therefore, to wait until the world would get used to the
existing
borders and eventually forget about the Palestinians.
He was correct in this assumption as far as the world was concerned,
but the Palestinians
refused to be forgotten. An annexation of East Jerusalem (as
was
done), Gaza and the West Bank (which is still hoped for) obviously
makes good
military sense because the current borders are quite illogical. It
would lead,
however, not only to condemnation by the rest of the world, but more
importantly to profound changes in Israeli society. Israel cannot
remain a
"Jewish" state for Jews when it has to harbor more than three million
Arabs as full fledged citizens. The question Israel has avoided
throughout its existence for more than 50 years is what kind
of a state
do the Jewish inhabitants really want?
Is it to be a secular constitutional democracy
with equal rights for all citizens regardless of religion and
ethnicity, or
a Jewish state by and for Jews? Throughout their history Jews
have
been masters at avoiding either-or questions and opted for the
as-well-as route
but sooner or later a choice will have to be made. Unless this
fundamental question is answered there can be no peace,
and as long as the U.S. continues to veto Security Council
Resolutions
which demand justice for Palestinians we invite
further acts of terrorism on our own people.
Gloria Borger recently (U.S. News & World Report,
December
31, 2001/January 7, 2002) quoted one of President Bush's aides
as having commented "What he says in private these days is very
often what he says in public." This is a laudable
trait and would be a welcome change from some previous
presidents. On the other hand if President Bush really thinks
in the
terms the Jerusalem Post has reported
in its December 21, 2001 edition, America and the
rest of the
world may have little to rejoice about in
the coming
year.
"In a meeting last week with seven leading Jewish donors, including
veteran Republican Max Fisher, and National Security Adviser Condoleeza
Rice
present, George W. Bush reportedly said that if he had been Ariel
Sharon he, Bush,
would have acted the same way the prime minister is acting in the face
of the
Palestinian war of terror. Quoted without attribution by the
highly
reliable Nahum Barnea of the Yediot Aaharonot daily, Bush
also said
that Arafat is weak and his regime close to collapse. Proceeding from
there to
the broader Arab world, Bush said that unlike Sharon, who was
democratically
elected, Saudi King Fahd was not elected and it is unclear just who
exactly he
represents.
One participant in the meeting told Barnea that Bush also
spoke
disparagingly about his own State Department, which he said is
'irrelevant,'
and whose Arabists' 'games' the President now intends 'to
bring to an
end.' Finally Bush personally reiterated, according to the
report,
what other American officials said in recent weeks, namely that Hamas
and Hizbullah were terrorist organizations,
and that if
Syria and Lebanon are harboring them, they are no different than the
Taliban.
Be the accuracy of this report what it may, it is clear in Jerusalem
that Bush
has lost all patience for Arafat, whom he now clearly, and
irreversibly, sees
as a liar and terror-supporter."
That Sharon is likewise a terror-supporter,
against whom a criminal investigation is under way in Belgium for his
behavior
in Lebanon, is deemed to be unimportant and not reported by our
mass-media.
Sharon seems to have been given the green light to proceed as he
pleases and
America will have to pay the bills not only in the financial sense of
the word.
Arafat has many strikes against him but the most
serious is,
for the American public at least, that he is neither telegenic
nor
articulate. The suave American educated Netanyahu, who is
likely to be
Sharon's successor if Likud remains in power, can outtalk any
Palestinian any
day. As long as the American public is satisfied with glib one-liners
and
glamor rather than a basic understanding of complex issues we will
continue to
be treated to self-serving propaganda rather than facts.
When Sharon prevented Arafat from visiting Bethlehem on Christmas Eve,
which
Arafat had done regularly since 1995, Sharon showed himself to be a
petty
hate-filled individual whom we have every reason to distrust. This type
of
fanaticism reminds one of the Taliban's destruction of the ancient
statues of
Buddha and tells the world that no other religious sentiments except
one's own
are tolerated in the "Holy Land."
If the Jerusalem Post article, as quoted above, is
indeed correct
the hopes which I had pinned on the Bush
administration in Whither
Zionism? might well have been misplaced.
But it is not yet too late. Therefore I'd like to offer this New Year's
prayer
for our President:
Please oh Lord look kindly upon George W. Bush and his wife, grant them
the
ability to distinguish between truth and falsehood; let them not be
misled by
propaganda which serves ulterior motives and leads to actions which do
not
conform to the principles America was founded upon. Prevent the
President from
succumbing to Hubris which tends to afflict people in their success and
heralds
their downfall. Let him act with wisdom and foresight, rather than
expediency,
to the benefit of America and the world. Thank you Lord.
February 1, 2002
THE GREAT SATAN
The Ayatollah Khomeini bestowed the title "The
Great
Satan" on us after his successful Islamic revolution in Iran. Although
Khomeini is dead his spirit lives and our media as well as politicians
have
never stopped ridiculing the notion. There is good reason for the
rejection of
the idea because "We" as individual citizens are really basically
good natured and don't want to harm anybody else. Most of us will,
therefore,
regard the term as slander. But there are policies, which are carried
out in
our name which, although well meant, not only impinge on the lives and
belief
systems of others but affect them adversely. Let us, therefore, not be
too
hasty and examine the Ayatollah's term somewhat more closely.
Baudelaire is credited with having said: "Satan's
greatest victory was when he convinced the world that
he
doesn't really exist." Yes indeed! Our secular society, which
has
expelled God from public schools, surely does not have any use for His
counterpart either. Although we bemoan the existence of evil
the causes are usually sought in externals and when people are involved
it is
"the other" who foments evil. One's own
contributions usually are not considered and if one tries to do so
during our
current war on terrorism one risks being labeled as unpatriotic.
Nevertheless I
invite you for the next few minutes to look at the splinter in our own
eye and
not only the beam in others. Was the Ayatollah totally wrong when he
rejected America's
values and their seductive influence? It is, after all, values
we are
really talking about and supposedly fighting for at this time. Let us
look,
therefore at our current society, not the way we want it to be, but the
way it
actually is and as we are seen by others.
If one were to publicly proclaim that the pillars our society rests on,
and the
forces which shape its course, are thoroughly satanic one would either
be
laughed at, or confined to a lunatic asylum if one were too insistent
about it.
Yet, this merely betrays the ignorance which has come to pervade our
public
lives inasmuch as the Greek word satanas means
nothing
else but adversary. This puts the entire discussion
into a
different perspective. Our legal system prides itself
that it
operates on the "adversarial principle." Truth and
justice are no longer the overriding goals but rather the largest
possible
settlement in civil cases. In criminal law suits the outcome may depend
on who
can hire the most expensive legal team. Our journalists
and media
pundits take pride in their adversarial stance, where
all sides of a given issue have equal merit regardless of the truth
involved.
All members of society are encouraged to take positions against each
other.
Even women have to fight men and vice versa; everyone has to fight for
some
"right" and if the presumed justice is not forthcoming it can be
pursued on an individual or better yet, a "class action basis" where
vast sums of money can be extracted. Fight as well as
Rights
have become the key words, while responsibility
and
cooperation are relegated to the backbench.
Thus the
spirit which motivates our culture at this time is thoroughly
adversarial in
nature. Advocates of peace and understanding are not much sought after.
In addition the quest for financial gain is paramount. Our culture as
represented by Hollywood, with its emphasis on nudity, sexual
licentiousness,
and physical violence is geared to the lowest instincts of the human
race
because that is where most money can be made. Even when a program which
airs
what I still regard as genuine culture, rather than the smut we are
exposed to
on the major commercial networks, the viewer's enjoyment is constantly
interrupted by advertisements. A glaring example might be the
following. A few
weeks ago ABC presented a film "Immortal Beloved." I
did not immediately recognize the significance of the title, expected
the usual
graphic sex scenes, and would not have bothered had I not read the name
Beethoven.
The movie dealt with one of the two most famous notes ever written by
the
composer. In The Heiligenstadt Testament Beethoven expressed
his
distress over his impending deafness while in the letter to the Unsterbliche
Geliebte he poured his heart out to "My Angel, My All, My
I" over the fact that they would probably never be able to be joined in
union as man and wife. The letter bore neither address nor where it was
written, and the date was given only as July 6 without a year.
Speculation has
been rampant ever since who the intended recipient was. In the film she
was
identified as the woman who, through mistaken assumptions, had become
his
brother's wife instead of his. Her son was not Beethoven's nephew but
actually
his own offspring. This was clearly poetic license without any
grounding in
reality but be that as it may. The story was depicted tastefully and
what made
the film great was the skillful interposition of Beethoven's music with
his
life's events. But as soon as one experienced a genuine emotion of
appreciation
one was interrupted by five minutes or more of commercials. Imagine for
a
moment: the final bars of the 9th symphony are played, the
chorus
sings Brüder überm Sternenzelt muss ein guter Vater
wohnen (brothers
above the starry tent there is bound to live a good father), the
picture shows
the star-studded sky then fades to the orchestra and the deaf Beethoven
who
when the music has ended has to be turned to see the standing ovation
because
he can't hear the applause. It was profoundly moving, but without
missing even
a heartbeat the station cut immediately to selling beds, pain killers
and other
paraphernalia. This was truly jarring on account of its incongruity and
we were
immediately confronted by the commercialism which runs our lives. It
may be
argued that we have to pay the piper, we do, but we don't have to do it
in this
obnoxious manner.
Salt Lake City is now eagerly looking forward, with some trepidation,
to the
upcoming Olympic Games. The papers are full of
information on
the events and the massive security preparations. A recent Sunday
edition
showed on the front page a picture of one of America's favorite
downhill racers
as he jumps over a section of the Hahnenkamm course in Kitzbühel
as part of the
qualifying events. What attracted my attention was not merely his good
form but
his ski suit was plastered with advertisements. On his right arm he
sold VISA
in addition to other unidentifiable companies, on the left leg Chevy
trucks, on
the right leg Holland-America line and Sprite. The ear band had another
logo
and so did the band which held his goggles in place, his back could not
be seen
properly but from what could be discerned was also plastered with ads.
This
type of commercialization of the sport is not limited to Americans but
has
become widespread and important international sailing regattas also
display
numerous ads on boats and sails. The remarkable aspect is that hardly
anyone notices this commercialization any more, which penetrates
all levels of our society, and has become accepted as
the norm.
Jesus had advised us that we
cannot serve God and Mammon. It seems that our society
has
opted for Mammon.
Thus, to tell the truth, when the Ayatollah Khomeini called America the
"Great Satan" - a rallying call which has now been taken up by other
Muslim fundamentalists - he was not necessarily totally wrong. The
culture we
display and export through our media is indeed inimical to Islamic (as
well as
Christian) values. It is thoroughly understandable that Khomeini did
not want
his country to be swamped by this tidal wave of smut. When our media
ridiculed
the Ayatollah's notion they simply betrayed their ignorance of what he
was
talking about. Trained to look only at the most obvious in material
terms they
failed to see the deeper significance.
Let us, therefore, study Satan for a moment. How the
concept has evolved, what the main properties
are and
what the individual can do in order not to succumb to temptation. To
understand
the satanic it behooves us to go back to the very beginning of the
Bible and
Eve's encounter with the snake. In Christian theology it is called the original
sin while Jews put a different interpretation on it but this
need not
concern us here. What is important to remember is that it was Satan, in
the
form of a snake, who blessed us with "The Knowledge of Good and
Evil." Since good and evil are antonyms one cannot exist
without
the other. What was the motivation of the mythical Eve to yield to
temptation?
She heard only "good" as well as "You will be like God" and
jumped at the idea. It was not just disobedience but the impulsive act
towards
satisfaction of a desire without giving a second thought to possible
consequences. This type of behavior has been reenacted by the human
race ever
since. The excuses are also typical. Some writers simply abbreviate the
name of
the forbidden tree to the "Tree of Knowledge" and insist we should be
grateful to the serpent because by eating the tree's fruit we became
scientists
while God had intended to keep us ignorant. That is not so, it was only
the
knowledge of good and evil, i.e. moral judgment, which was withheld.
There may
have been good reasons because as the subsequent history of mankind
shows, what
is or is not moral has become a major bone of contention.
But there is more to the story. It tells us something about the nature
of the satanic
lie. The warning to Adam was: "in the day that thou eatest
thereof thou shalt surely die." The prohibition was specific "you
must not eat" but either Adam, or Eve had embellished it and she
replied
to the serpent that she wasn't even allowed to touch it. Why do I make
such a
point of this? Because it is a classic example that human beings don't
hear
what is said but what is perceived by the recipient's brain and that is
what
counts. Anyone who has either published or given lectures knows that
what
people tell him he has written or said bears at times little
relationship to
what was presented. Poor Eve was now in a quandary. This was the first
time a
choice had to be made. Should she or shouldn't she follow the serpent's
coaxing? To make a long story short she did and persuaded Adam to
follow suit.
After he had eaten something drastic happened. Their "moral" eyes
were opened to their nakedness and they realized that this was not an
advantage. In addition they had developed a guilty conscience and the
blame
game started. "The woman you [emphasis added] gave me" made
me do it. Don't we hear this over and over again? Not only is it Eve's
fault
that Adam took a bite but it is God's! He should have known better and
not have
given him a gullible Eve in the first place for his "helpmate."
We now come to a key question: did the serpent lie? Ergo
what is
a lie? Answer: The deliberate misrepresentation of
the truth
as known to the individual. The serpent said that they would
not die,
and they did not "in the day thereof." Their "eyes would be
opened," which was also correct and they now knew good and evil. So
where
is the lie? It resides in what was not said. It was the
deliberate
attempt to mislead by withholding information. This is the
reason why
an oath demands :"To tell the truth, the whole truth and
nothing
but the truth" and why ex-President Clinton's lame excuse
"it depends upon what the meaning of 'is' is," doesn't wash.
This is also the reason why I became quite concerned when I read an
article in
a recent issue of the Jerusalem Post entitled the "Jewish
Millennium." The author stated that the American people
expressed
"Jewish values" when they continued with high
approval ratings for Clinton's political conduct and that he was not
removed
from office. Economic well-being took precedence over morality and as
far as
the author was concerned rightly so. If these are truly the values
endorsed by
the majority of our population, and not only some members of its Jewish
segment, we are in deep trouble. Other countries may not appreciate the
export
of these "values."
Let us consider now what our mythological ancestors could have done?
Eve might
have said to the serpent: "Wait a minute, I don't understand, are we
going
to be like God in all respects or just in regard to good and evil? What
is this
good and evil anyway?" If the serpent had remained truthful and
explained
what evil meant, Eve would have cut short the conversation. Thus the
deliberate use of the half truth constitutes the satanic lie.
It is
the most vicious, most effective, and most frequently used lie
throughout the
ages by propagandists, unscrupulous politicians, and other individuals
who
regard themselves as being in an adversarial position. Words taken out
of
context is also one of the most common techniques to smear someone
whose views
one disagrees with. I don't want to be hard on Eve because it was Adam
who also
thoroughly failed us. It would have been his job to say: "Evie, what in
all the world have you done? I don't
know what's going to happen, so let's find God and ask Him what to do
now." That would have been the rational approach. But we, just like
Adam,
are frequently not capable of thinking rationally when the "forbidden
fruit" is dangled before us. In the numerous generations since that
story
was written we surely should have learned better.
In the Christian religion the devil used to be depicted as a hoofed,
horned, furry
creature which actually bore a close resemblance to the ancient Greek
god Pan.
Apart from his other characteristics he was mischievous and used to
frighten
people who wandered into the woods. Thus we owe the word panic to him.
This
picture of the devil was thoroughly repudiated during the period of the
Enlightenment. We did away with all the ghosties and ghoulies and long
legged
beasties and things that go bump in the night from which the good Lord
was to
protect us. Nevertheless, they still bring in the cash in the form of
horror
movies and outer space creatures. But these are not Satan's
essence.
Among the various mistakes our materialistic society makes the one most
relevant in this context is what may be called the pars pro
toto
attitude. The term is used in grammar when one word stands for a
sentence. The
part is taken for the whole. This is what we are doing continuously in
our
lives whenever we judge something or someone. We don't know the whole,
so we go
by the part we can perceive and deal with it as if
this
were all there is. What we cannot grasp with our senses is regarded as
non-existent. Goethe's Faust provides an excellent example:
Doctor Faust had been followed by a poodle on his
Easter
holiday walk and when he returned to his study to continue translating
the
Bible, the animal grew unhappy and kept interrupting him. Finally the
poodle
morphed into Mephisto, which led to the famous saying
"Das
also war des Pudels Kern" (so, this was the poodle's essence).
Faust
then asked for the name of the person who stood in front of him. The
devil
initially just poked fun at the question because names are really no
longer
meaningful but eventually he answered: Ich bin ein Teil von jener
Kraft die
stets das Böse will und stets das Gute schafft (I am one part
of that
force which forever desires evil and always produces good). Faust was
perplexed
and asked: what do you mean with this riddle? Mephisto answered: Ich
bin
der Geist der stets verneint! Und das mit Recht: denn alles, was
entsteht, ist
wert dasz es zugrunde geht . . . so ist denn alles, was ihr Sünde,
Zerstörung,
kurz das Böse nennt, mein eigentliches Element (I am the
spirit who always
negates and rightfully so, because everything that comes into
being is
worthy of perishing...everything you call sin, destruction or in short
evil, is
my true domain). Faust is still unsure and says: you call yourself "one
part" and yet you stand in front of me as one whole being? Mephisto: Weil
doch der Mensch die kleine Narrenwelt sich immer für ein Ganzes
hält
(because the human being, this foolish little world, always considers
himself
to be an entirety). This is the pars pro toto type thinking
mentioned
earlier. We always regard that part of whatever we can apprehend,
conceive of,
or desire, as if it were the whole. This is especially true of God but
also of
Science written with a capital S, because apart from Mammon it is
likewise the
current god.
When Goethe credited the devil with wanting evil but nevertheless
achieving
good he had paraphrased Milton who actually was less
charitable in his Paradise Lost:
To do
ought good
never will be our task,
But
ever to do ill
our sole delight,
As
being contrary to
his high will
Whom
we resist. If
then his Providence
Out of
our evil seek
to bring forth good,
Our
labor must be to
pervert that end,
And
out of good
still to find means of evil;
Which
oft times may
succeed, so as perhaps
Shall
grieve him, if
I fail not, and disturb
His inmost
counsels from their destined aim.
The German language has another word for the devil that is quite
fascinating: der
Leibhaftige. It is used by the common people
especially in the countryside when they don't want to "paint the devil
on
the wall." There is no single word in the English language which
captures
the meaning; therefore, it has to be explained. The word is a composite
of Leib
(body) and haftig, Haftig comes from the verb haften
which
can be translated as: to cling to, to stick to, or adhere to.
The
inherent wisdom of the people has thereby created a word which indeed
provides the
devil's essence. While God is in the German language also
referred to
as the Himmelvater (heavenly father), a term which
encompasses the
material and spiritual realm, the devil is thoroughly and exclusively
wedded to
bodies. The Leibhaftige has no room for the spirit
which has to be denied, and the acquisition of material goods
is to be
the overriding objective.
While the Leibhaftige is German, there exists in the English
language
the word Mephistophelean which is defined as: cynical,
crafty, sardonic, or fiendish. Thus, we do not have to look
far for
its presence among people. The challenge we face as human beings lies
in the
recognition that when we lie, cheat, or hate we create an adversarial
environment and thereby help to keep Satan alive. It is from the lie
that all
the other evils spring. He who lies to himself will inevitably lie to
others
and trust, which can only be gained by truthfulness, has been
destroyed.
Without trust, societies cannot function, regardless of how many laws
are
invented. But trust has to be earned, it cannot be demanded, and it
requires
honesty. In our present-day society this is hard to come by. We are
being lied
to on an unprecedented scale by politicians, the media and commercial
enterprises.
So how do we know the truth of a given statement? In science
we are dealing mainly with relative truth as
available at the
moment. Science, in contrast to religious faith, is work in progress
and new
information can readily invalidate previous concepts. Science is
important for
technologic and hygienic progress but every scientist knows that the
fundamental questions: "why are we here?" and "what is our
purpose?" do not lend themselves to scientific investigation. Philosophical
or religious truths are also subject to modification
as time goes on and conditions change but in spite of this there is an inner
core of reality which defies time and is
readily
discernible when one reads literature which originated several
centuries or
millennia earlier. This core can be found in all religions regardless
in what
part of the world they originated. The names with which phenomena are
described
differ but the substance and the message are always the same. Because human
behavior has remained constant over the ages
so
has the advice for achieving contentment in life. Faith in the
ultimate goodness of God, perseverance with planning for the long range
goal
rather than immediate gratification, kindness, helpfulness, friendship,
honesty,
resisting anger and hate, but fostering instead a spirit of gratitude
are just
a few of the virtues human beings have always been told to aspire to. I
have
deliberately avoided the word love. When "making love" means having
sexual intercourse and the word is being equated with lust, which
disappears
upon gratification, we have left the eternal for the temporary.
Furthermore
since love is an emotion, it must arise spontaneously and cannot be
produced on
command. "Love thy neighbor as thyself" goes beyond the capacity of
human beings as history has amply proven. We have to be more modest and
simply
aspire to treating each other with kindness and consideration.
A fundamental difference between the satanic and the divine
is
that God has time! God's truth is still true after
millennia
while Satan's is fleeting. Satan constantly urges us that we must act
now,
immediately, lest we lose out either on revenge or on a tremendous
advantage.
We are thus coaxed to repeat the original sin. By recognizing that Satan
is within us, just as the kingdom of God is, we can a turn a
deaf ear
to seduction. We don't have to hate Satan, and what he stands for,
because hate
is an unhealthy emotion and would serve his purposes. Instead, when we
recognize the inner voice of seduction all we have to say is: "Thanks,
but
no thanks" and concentrate on the task at hand. If we hanker after, or
stew over, an imagined past or a fantasized future, which will never
happen the
way it is imagined, we open the door to Satan's realm. But if we can
stare the
adversary in the face and can say: "no, there is a better way" we
have achieved the victory which a simple denial of his existence cannot
provide.
A few years ago our daughter, who knows of my interest in comparative
religion,
gave me for Christmas The Dhammapada which
is
part of the Sacred Writings Series. I already had a fair
amount of
other Buddhist literature so I wasn't immediately interested but in our
"time of war" I picked it up again and found it rather useful. The
book contains the essence of Buddhism in English
translation
as well as in the original Pali with explanations. In the context of
the
current topic verse number I: 5 is most appropriate:
Not by
enmity are
enmities quelled,
Whatever
the
occasion here.
By the
absence of
enmity are they quelled.
That is an ancient truth.
Isn't this what Jesus meant when he told us not to resist evil?
On September 12, 2001 our leadership had a choice. We had been
viciously
attacked and a response was needed. The entire world was with us in
stunned
grief at the outrage which had been committed. A wise
government
which had no ulterior motives in mind could
have
limited itself to promising: 1) with the help of international
police
and intelligence services we will track down
and bring to justice the perpetrators. 2) For the families
who have lost loved ones we will appoint a supervisory agency that sees
to it
that they do not suffer financial hardships in
addition to their
grievous emotional loss. 3) We will renew and redouble our efforts to
seek justice
for the oppressed in this world - wherever they are - and try
to bind
up wounds rather than create new ones.
This is what could have been done. Instead we have announced
rather
than declared war, which as it turns out now is a crucial
difference because captured enemy personnel are not regarded
as
prisoners of war, with the rights they would be entitled to. We have
bombed a
country which was already devoid of infrastructure and we have
destroyed the
Taliban government but not the idea behind it. Although there is a pro-Western
interim government in Kabul at this
time its authority
does not exceed the city limits. The rest of
the
country is in anarchy; people are starving and dying
of
exposure. International relief agencies still cannot get to the people
who
desperately need help because of marauding bands that steal and rob.
If we go through with plans to bomb other countries,
whose
policies we do not like, we will indeed continue to play
Satan's role. Our current political conduct is likely
to
create more enemies rather than friends abroad. This in turn will
hamper the
primary goal of our mission: to find and disable terrorist networks
around the
world. For this we need the international community. Unless and until
America
returns to the ideals our country was founded upon and heeds the wisdom
of Washington's
Farewell Address, where he counseled us to avoid foreign
entanglements, we are likely to glory in momentary ephemeral successes
but lose
our integrity. The leaders of our society seem to
have struck
a Faustian bargain: material well-being for the loss
of our
soul. The rest of the world is supposed to do so likewise. That some
members of
Islamic countries will not merely passively accept this idea but rebel
was to
be expected. What would be most helpful now is, instead of widening the
war, to
reflect on our ultimate aim of bringing peace to this world even if we
thereby
have to give up some pet notions that military might, and/or money is
the
answer to all problems.
We have been blessed with a wonderful country let us, therefore, not
destroy it
by continuing in an adversarial spirit at home as well as
abroad. Let
us cherish our diversity by learning about and from each other. Instead
of
adversarial conduct let there be cooperation even if we disagree at
times on
philosophical or religious abstractions. If we were to move forward on
this
basis we would have far fewer enemies and a great many more friends.
The article as it appears above was written about a week prior to President
Bush's State of the Union speech on January 29. It contained
an
enumeration of American values all of us can heartily agree with,
including the
goal "to seek a just and peaceful world beyond the war on terror." On
the other hand I felt quite concerned about the methods - seemingly
mainly
military - through which this goal is to be reached. The President also
stated
that this war will occupy at least the next three years of his
presidency and may
extend beyond it. This will involve considerable expenditures for
external as
well as homeland defense. He believes that we can keep at the same time
the
economy growing and the budget deficit under control. The last
president who
had tried the guns and butter approach was Lyndon
Johnson and he failed on both counts. There seems little
reason to
believe that Mr. Bush will do better but time will tell.
Earlier in this update I failed to mention another hallmark of
Satan
namely pride. Our government seems determined to
believe that
only its ways are the correct ones regardless of the viewpoints of
other
nations. In the State of the Union address we received a "pep talk"
the consequences of which, once the fine print is revealed, may not be
to the
liking of the average citizen whose life is going to become
increasingly less
free on account of "security" regulations which will increase
geometrically. What is happening currently here in Salt Lake City on
account of
the Olympics, which are upon us, could well be a harbinger of what the
future
may be like.
March 1, 2002
THE MORMON OLYMPICS
All of Utah and especially the East as well as
West side of
the Wasatch front is breathing a collective sigh of relief. Thank God
it's over
and nothing seriously untoward has happened. When Salt Lake City was
originally
awarded the Games there was jubilation which turned into dismay and
distress
when a letter was leaked which showed that the Salt Lake
Organizing
Committee (SLOC) had greased the palms of International
Olympic Committee (IOC) members. We had not won the nomination
on
merit alone, although we had surely been better qualified than Nagano
to which
we had lost out. Rumor had it that IOC members had been slipped notes
by
abortion activists prior to the final vote not to award the games to
Utah on
account of its anti-abortion stance. Our "bribery scandal" made
headlines all over the world as if this sort of behavior had not been
routine
in the recent past. Apparently one should do these things but not talk
about
them. What made the matter worse was that, in the land of the Saints of
all
places, not only scholarships were given to some children of African
dignitaries but "escort services" were provided for some of the
delegates, who fancied that sort of thing. Inquiries were held, and the
mayor
as well as the governor strongly denied any knowledge of malfeasance,
although
this is somewhat difficult to believe since especially the mayor had
been
heavily involved in the bid process. The two individuals who had done
most of
the work for getting the bid were not only sacked and disgraced but
also
criminally prosecuted, although there was never any evidence presented
that
they had personally enriched themselves. Nevertheless the case is still
in
court. To top it off we found out that the whole affair was massively
under
funded and SLOC was deeply in the red a year and a half before the
Games were
to take place. We, as good citizens of Utah, had happily paid for the
extravaganza with an increase in sales taxes, but apparently that was
far from
enough to cover costs.
To the rescue came Mitt Romney, son of the former
governor of
Michigan George Romney, a good Mormon, or more correctly, Latter Day
Saint. The
official designation of the Church (in Utah when one says Church
everybody
knows what one is talking about) is "The Church of Jesus Christ
of
Latter-Day Saints" and this name should also clarify the
question
whether or not Mormons are Christians. Since they are firm believers in
Jesus
Christ as our Savior they obviously qualify, in spite of some notions
which
might strike outsiders as quaint. The Church obviously couldn't
tolerate this
disgrace of its home state and drafted Mr. Romney who lived in
Massachusetts.
When God calls there are no choices. He came to town, worked like a
beaver and
drummed up the necessary funds from sponsors. The fact that he is not
only
articulate but also immensely telegenic was an additional plus. Our two
senators
and the congressmen also did a yeoman's job in Washington to obtain
funding for
the necessary infrastructures including highway improvements and the
construction of a light rail system to deal with the anticipated
traffic
congestions.
By September 10 of last year we were well on our way to stage a happy
and
successful event. The morning of the next day changed the equation. The
country
was attacked, counter strikes were deliberated, eventually a war
against the Taliban
was decreed and since this was not enough we also had to declare War
on
Terrorism per se so that we could at least bomb any
country
in the world which might harbor terrorists. In as much as one man's
terrorist
is another man's freedom fighter the field is now wide open to do away
with
anybody we don't like. Anthrax spores were sent through the mail to
senators,
and the media were acting as if the end of the world were at hand.
America as
we know it had ceased to exist and from now on we were to be in a
perpetual
state of war. A director of homeland security was appointed, although
it is far
from clear what powers were delegated to him, and the panic that
gripped the
media could be likened to ancient Rome when Hannibal was ante
portas
or, more recently as if we were in London of 1940 when the Blitz
started. This
was the climate in the waning months of last year and there were
serious
discussions whether or not it was appropriate to hold the Olympics
under these
circumstances.
But we live in the land of the Saints where the firm belief is held
that the
Lord will never forsake His own, so there was never a question of
quitting.
SLOC under Mitt's guidance ignored the media tumult and quietly
continued with
its work. But there was also the additional problem of how to secure
the
various venues. Osama's boys would surely be tempted to wreak vengeance
for
having been thrown out of Afghanistan. They would poison the water,
blow up the
Toelle army depot, which is only about 30 miles southwest from us and
contains
more toxins than Saddam could ever dream of, disable the electricity
grid
(which would actually be quite simple), and bring suitcases full of
nuclear
devices in order to kill as many people as possible. Therefore a
massive,
elaborate, and unprecedented security system was put
in place.
We were visited by Mr. Rich, the homeland security chief, Mr. Rumsfeld,
the
Secretary of Defense, and numerous other dignitaries who dished out
over $200
million for security measures. Special attention was, of course, placed
on
airport safety. New baggage inspection devices had to be installed and
Salt
Lake was to become the prototype for airport security around the
country. Since
the rest of the country and especially the world at large do not boast
anywhere
near the safety we now possess, we have the paradoxical situation that
theoretically anybody could bring in his lethal goodies but he couldn't
take
them out. But this is, of course, irrelevant. Eventually Timbuktu
airport will
also meet our standards. The consequences of this policy became
apparent on Monday
after the games were over; but let me not jump the gun. Saddam can now
be happy
that Salt Lake had also become a no-fly zone during the Games.
Unauthorized
private jets with visiting diplomats, or officials, were to be met by a
pair of
F16's who would politely escort them out of the area. During opening
and
closing ceremonies the airport was to be completely shut down for four
hours.
Even the hot air balloon operators who had hoped to attract some
business to
properly show off our fabulous vistas had to close shop for the
duration of the
Games.
Before the media ever arrived here they dubbed the
2002 Games
the "Mormon Olympics." Apparently the journalists and TV pundits
expected dark suited missionary boys to track them every step of the
way, hand
them a copy of the Book of Mormon, politely take their cigarettes from
their
mouths, and if they wanted a drink they would be told that it is not
healthy
for them. They should have Hawaiian Punch instead and for good measure
also a
dish of green mint jell-O (a favorite taunt Mormons have to endure)
which would
keep them in harmony with nature. The supposed inability to get a drink
in
Utah, and the fear of succumbing to proselytizing were apparently
uppermost in
the minds of reporters. There seemed to have been also some latent fear
by lady
journalists to be drafted by a roaming army of polygamists, while their
male
companions might actually have relished the thought of joining that
"peculiar institution" as it was referred to in the 1890's.
I was not privy to the deliberations of the Church as to how to deal
with this
emergency when the world arrived and when it was confronted by Utahns
who are
not necessarily intrigued by "cultural diversity," which translates
into "anything goes." Ours is a conservative state, where the gospel
song of: "Give me that old time religion, It was good for our mothers,
It
was good for our fathers and It's good enough for me " is not being
preached but practiced. President Hinckley, who is also the
Prophet,
Seer, and Revelator of the Church, received a revelation as to
how to
solve this dilemma. An edict came down to the faithful, who comprise
about 80%
of the population of the state, that there was to be no proselytizing
and the
liquor laws would be relaxed for the 17 days in question, so that booze
could
flow more freely than usual. In addition he probably told them: "don't
worry what other people think about you, don't put on any airs of
defensiveness, just be your usual friendly, cheerful selves and all
will be
well. And indeed it was.
When the opening ceremony started in the refurbished
Rice-Eccles stadium 25,000 volunteers of all ages were on hand at the
various
venues to greet and help the visitors. In addition there were thousands
of
national guardsmen in their camouflage suits around plus other security
personnel who remained unobtrusive. The Lord also contributed His share
to the
success. The high winds and inclement weather we had in the morning
cleared up
by the afternoon and all the floats, which had been so meticulously
prepared,
could safely be launched. Had we had one of our usual February storms
which can
dump about a foot of snow within a few hours, chaos would have erupted.
But all
went well except for some display of super patriotism, which lingers
after
September 11, and which some of us felt wasn't quite necessary. The
fact that
President Bush officially opened the Games not from the podium above
the entire
crowd but in the midst of the American team was a departure from custom
foreigners might have winked at, but when he also altered the official
text and
said: "On behalf of a proud and determined nation I declare the XIXth
Olympic Winter Games opened," some eye brows went up. The host
shouldn't
brag, was the feeling. When you invite somebody to your house you don't
want to
start out with showing the guests the pictures of your children and
grandchildren. But everybody knows that he is from Texas, where
everybody is
proud to be a Texan, and that he may yet have to learn the fine art of
diplomacy from his father. On the other hand, how would people in the
West have
reacted if Hitler had opened the Berlin games in 1936
with: On
behalf of a National Socialist Germany, risen from the ashes of defeat,
I
declare etc. It'll be interesting to see what the President of China,
whoever
he may be at that time, will say in Beijing in 2008. Will he take his
cue from
George W. and say: On behalf of the mighty and determined People's
Republic of
China, the most populous nation on earth, I declare....? But Americans
are
different from other people. Would a Chinese equivalent of figure
skater Sharon
Cohen call her mother on the cell phone and when she answers say: "Hi
mom,
here's the President, talk to him!"?
This momentary glitch in protocol, as well as the parading of the
tattered flag
which was rescued from the World Trade Center rubble, to demonstrate
that
America can also rise like the Phoenix from catastrophe, was commented
upon but
no harm was done. The media people were amazed by the friendly smiles
of the
crowd, the stunning backdrop of the Wasatch Mountains and they even got
their
drinks. About seventy thousand people congregated every night downtown
for
concerts and medal distributions. Office hours for the average "working
stiff' who still had to be on his/her usual job in the downtown area
were
shortened so that the employees could leave in the early afternoon in
order to
ease the anticipated evening traffic congestion.
There were, of course, complaints which included even the Great
Salt
Lake. "It stinks!" Of course it does on the shore. Decaying
brine just doesn't smell good but the nose is a marvelous organ and the
sense
of smell adapts much faster than all the others. Within a few minutes
you don't
smell it any more, even on shore. Once you are just a tad away from
shore and
the wind blows, as usual, from the north you don't smell anything at
all. But I
think the biggest surprise and media hit was Gordon B.
Hinckley,
President of the Church. This 91 year old spry, upright, grand
fatherly truly gentle-man impressed everybody with his natural grace
and
sincerity. When a visiting journalist was amazed at how mentally sharp
he was
at his advanced age, a bystander told him: "You should have seen him
when
he was eighty!" That's what clean living and having family values,
rather
than just talking about them, does.
As an aside I might mention that a few days before the Games, on Valentine's
Day, I gave "my Bonnie" a treat and took her to the Home
Buffet. It isn't that I was stingy but she likes the salad bar there,
the food
is good and inexpensive, so that's where she prefers to go and after
fifty
years I don't argue any more. We went there early to avoid crowds but
were
surprised that there was already a fairly long line. The reason soon
became
obvious. When we came to the counter the cashier girl asked us how long
we were
married. When we declared fifty years she smiled, congratulated us and
we were
told that dinner was on the house. They also took our photograph.
Subsequently
we found out that this is a custom on Valentine's Day for this
nation-wide
chain. But I bet that the corporate planners in New York or wherever
hadn't
figured on the cash loss of Utah. Here fifty years of marriage is
nothing to be
marveled at, it's the rule unless one or both die first. When somebody
asks me
how many grandchildren I have (nobody asks do you have grandchildren?,
that's a
given) I answer somewhat embarrassed: "I can't compete, only six."
With a minimum of six or eight children, thirty five and more
grandchildren
tends to be the rule. We were told that we could pick up our photos the
next
day and when we came again a few days later for dinner a whole wall was
plastered with couples who had stuck it out for fifty years or more
with each
other. That's Utah!
The athletic events proceeded smoothly until the pairs figure
skating.
We watched it at home on TV and felt that the Canadians had skated
flawlessly
and deserved the gold medal. The Russians had made a minute misstep but
they
got the gold and the Canadians the silver. This injustice enraged the
crowd and
when it was rumored that the French judge had made a deal with the
Russian
judge as a quid pro quo for the next competition a few days
later the
outrage was palpable. For the rest of the week all the other
competitions were
overshadowed by the scandal, over which the media literally drooled.
The
Canadian Figure Skating Association protested and Olympic
President Dr.
Jacques Rogge was put under intense pressure to nullify the
judgment.
There was talk of exchanging the medals where the Russians would give
the
Canadians their golden one and the Canadians would reciprocate with the
silver
but even Putin would have objected to that, so a Solomonic decision was
taken.
The baby was not cut in half but there were two golden babies. In
addition the
French judge was removed from the panel. The outrage subsided but the
Russian
Federation was unhappy, although the four athletes themselves behaved
marvelously and, at least on the surface, there were no hard feelings.
When I viewed the brewing scandal I was immediately
reminded
that there is truly nothing new under the sun. Several decades earlier
I had
read a story in Herodotus which is highly á
propos. The
Greeks, during the fifth century B.C. were upstarts and the ancient
civilization of Egypt was regarded as the repository of wisdom. You may
be
surprised that even Moses cribbed from the Egyptians, not only in
regard to the
essence of the Ten Commandments but also with other wisdom literature
which is
attributed to him. At any rate, Herodotus tells us that a deputation of
proud
Greeks from the state of Elis went to Egypt and boasted that their
Olympic
games were the best and fairest of all. They thought that even the
Egyptians
would have to admit to that. But the king of Egypt called his council
of wise
men together and when the Greeks had presented their case they asked
the Elians
if their citizens were permitted to enter the competitions. The Greeks
replied:
Of course, the games are open to all Greek citizens, whatever state
they
belonged to. Whereupon the Egyptians declared: "If this were so they
departed from justice very widely, since it was impossible but that
they would
favor their own countrymen and deal unfairly by foreigners." If they
wanted to have true justice the Elians must not be allowed to compete
when the
games are held in their country. It's obvious that the human
race has
not changed in twenty five hundred years and is not likely to do so,
barring some genetic engineering, in the foreseeable future. Judging
of
competitions is inherently subjective and thereby potentially unfair.
Another precedent has been set here in Salt Lake and protests may
become run of
the mill. We may also have opened the door for the legal profession to
ply its
trade on behalf of disadvantaged individual athletes or their national
federations. Will the judges now have to buy malpractice insurance in
case they
might get sued for their personal worth? In our day and age where money
rules,
nothing is too outlandish to contemplate.
Other incidents of suspected doping caused further
unhappiness
on part of the Russians who at one point even threatened
to leave the Games. But President Putin put his foot down and
told
them to forget it. As our son Peter declared: "Putin wants to watch the
hockey game too." Unfortunately for him his Russians lost but he could
take solace in the fact the American winning team had three Russians on
their
roster. Peter who still lives in the Detroit area,
home of the
fabled Red Wings hockey team, told us that they had
given
their players a three week vacation from the ongoing season so that
they could
compete within their own respective national teams in Salt Lake. Thus
it was in
part Red Wings against Red Wings. To be precise: of the eleven Red Wing
players
who participated in the Games three played for Russia, two for the
U.S.A., one
for the Czech Republic, two for Sweden and two for Canada. Now that's
the true
Olympic spirit! The numbers come from the official website of the team
www.detroitredwings.com. The South Koreans were also unhappy about what
they
judged as bad manners by Apolo Anton Ohno who had snatched the gold
medal from
their speed skater. Feelings ran so high that he got hundreds of life
threatening letters. These were turned over to the FBI; Ohno had to
move out of
the Olympic village to undisclosed hotels and was given a special state
trooper
to accompany him at all times.
While Park City and Deer Valley teemed with crowds of visitors, our two
boys
who had come with their families for this once in a lifetime event
found
perfect ski conditions in Big and Little Cottonwood Canyon. Brighton,
Solitude,
Snowbird and Alta were practically deserted. No lift lines, beautiful
sunshine
and occasionally even a foot of powder provided a perfect vacation.
Since even
the youngest of our grandchildren is already an accomplished skier, at
the
tender age of five years, I feel that bringing my skis with me from
Austria in
1950 was one of the best ideas of my life.
As far as NBC's TV coverage is concerned I had mixed
feelings.
They obviously concentrated mostly on the American athletes but I would
liked
to have seen, instead of some of the fireside chats by the
commentators, other
events where Americans were not so prominently represented. It was the
world
after all we wanted to see perform. In addition, some of the
commercials were
obnoxious. Every company from Chevrolet through Coca Cola was a "proud"
sponsor of its ads. Pride is currently a greatly overworked word in
this
country. Everybody must feel proud! That pride comes before the fall
hasn't
sunk in yet. At the end of the closing ceremony the entire foothills of
the
Wasatch front exploded in a brilliant display of fireworks. Instead of
waiting
for its beginning the station had to cut back to "proud advertisers"
but thankfully we could see part of it on the evening news. Since some
of the
grenades were launched from right in front of the Hogle Zoo there was
concern
that the animals might not take kindly to all that noise and stampede.
But the
Zebras, Polar bears, elephants and the other members of the animal
kingdom who
live there merely got a little nervous, took it in their stride and
calmed down
when it was all over.
All's well that ends well, as the saying goes. Our kids left on
Saturday and
that was smart. The people who departed on Monday were in for a huge
disappointment. They were told to come to the airport four hours before
flight
time - security and baggage check in - but even so some missed their
flights
and they had to stand in line for up to six hours. The volunteers were
on hand
again distributing hot chocolate, bottled water, gold wrapped
chocolates and
tried to entertain the waiting crowd with song and dance but this could
do
little to assuage some angry feelings. There was nothing SLOC or the
city could
have done about it because the airlines are a law unto themselves. But
all in
all the games were a success and Utahns are so happy that they want the
world
to come back again some time in the future. We ended up in the black
and were
even promised that we will get some of our tax money back. But I won't
hold my
breath for that to happen. Credit for the success must go, apart from
the
athletes, to Mitt Romney and SLOC who have done a terrific job, to
Olympic
President Dr. Rogge for defusing a potentially problematic situation,
to the
Church who by staying in the background immeasurably improved its image
and
that of the state, but most of all to the 25,000 volunteers. These
people were
on their assignments for up to ten or twelve hours a day, regardless of
weather, for the entire period. They received no pay, meager food but
were
simply happy and grateful that they were allowed to show the world in
what kind
of place we really live and what kind of people Utahns really are.
Congratulations and Thank You volunteers, you deserve
all the
praise you can get! You made it the Mormon Olympics in the
best sense
of the word.
April 1, 2002
PALESTINIAN STATE OR ISRAELI PROTECTORATE?
This installment was prepared prior to the suicide
bombing
in Netanya, the subsequent Israeli destruction of Arafat's
headquarters, and
his virtual imprisonment in his office building. Nevertheless, I am
leaving the
original text unimpaired because it does not conflict with the
unfolding events
and I shall merely add two paragraphs at the end.
The past month was an anniversary of sorts and unfortunately a sad one.
Hope
springs eternal and this why I had Whither Zionism?
published last March and why I sent it to all the members of the Bush
administration as well as to the Chairmen and members of all the
relevant
committees in the House and Senate. As documented previously in these
pages
this was, of course, a forlorn hope and the book was ignored. A few
days ago I
received a phone call early in the morning (we are two hours behind
Washington
time) from an aide to one of the senators who thanked me for the
"gift" and asked me what the senator was supposed to do with it? At
first, benumbed by sleep, I wasn't sure what he was talking about but
then he
told me that they have "just received the book" and blamed the
anthrax scare for the delay. Unless it went via the North Pole and
Antarctica
it should certainly have arrived prior to September 11. His question
also
puzzled me. What is one supposed to do with a book, especially when
there was
an explanatory letter included, but to read and act on it?
I am not sufficiently conceited to imagine that had the suggestions
contained
in Whither Zionism? been taken up, and had the U.S. placed
the
Arab-Israeli conflict before the Security Council in the spring of last
year,
the tragedies of September 11 and their aftermath would have been
avoided. I do
believe, however, that the ever increasing spiral of violence in the
Mideast
could have been reduced. Still permeated by the hope that if
the
American people were to be told the truth about the reasons why Arafat
had
rejected the Camp David II plan with its "unprecedented"
offer to return about 96 per cent of the West Bank to the Palestinians,
I
wrote in January of this year an article for the Salt Lake Tribune, in
which I
outlined the reasons for the rejection and a plan that could bring some
semblance of sanity to the area. It took several
communications with
the Editor of the paper until the article was published in full (!) and
unedited (!), except for a change in the headline, by the Tribune.
Obviously
the Tribune is neither the New York Times nor the Washington Post but
the
individual citizen and taxpayer have no other recourse except at the
"grass roots" level. Once it was published I faxed it to our
President, Secretary of State Powell, and Condoleeza Rice. It
probably
ended up in the proverbial circular file.
In essence the article gave the reasons why the Palestinians
had to
reject the Israeli-American proposal for the Final Settlement.
They
were abstracted from the documents section of www.mideastweb.org
and
the updated edition of The Israel-Arab Reader by Laqueur and
Rubin.
The most important features for rejection were:
1) Israeli settlements would remain in the proposed Palestinian
state, albeit concentrated in three blocks; but access roads
would be
under Israeli control.
2) Israel would continue to control the water resources of the
Jordan
River and an Israeli security zone would exist along its west
bank.
Israel could deploy its troops in the Jordan valley at any
time if it
felt itself threatened from the East.
3) The proposed state would not have had contiguous borders
but
would have consisted essentially of a series of
unconnected
municipalities.
4) The Palestinian areas of Jerusalem which Israel
was willing
to cede would likewise not have had contiguous borders but would
have
remained islands within the Jewish city.
5) Border crossings with Jordan and Egypt would be
under
Palestinian control but under Israeli supervision.
6) The Palestinian state would be demilitarized and alliances
with other countries would be subject to Israeli
approval.
7) Israel would accept some refugees from previous
wars but
the rest would have to be absorbed elsewhere.
In sum and substance Arafat would have become the mayor of
several
unconnected municipalities within an Israeli protectorate.
Since this
plan falls far short from the creation of a viable independent state
the
Palestinians rejected it. If these conditions had been
presented by the
U.N. in 1947 to the Jews in Palestine, for their state, they would also
have
rejected it.
Prime Minister Sharon, with a flair for the dramatic,
has
recently evoked the analogy of Israel being placed into the position of
Czechoslovakia because the Munich agreement which led to the
dismemberment and subsequent disappearance of the state was reached
over the
heads of the Czech government. This is the fate, Mr. Sharon announced,
which
would befall Israel if it were to accede to a truly autonomous and
viable
Palestinian state. The irony of this statement seems to have
eluded him.
It is not the Palestinians who are armed to the teeth with the most
modern
weapons, but it is the Likud government and its sympathizers
who want a
"Protectorate of Judea and Samaria." It would have essentially the
same rights and privileges Hitler had arrogated to himself over "rump
Czechoslovakia" which became the "Reichs-protectorate of Bohemia and
Moravia." Hitler's ostensible reasons were security because he
didn't want Soviet planes using Czech airfields. For the Israeli
government
security is also the reason put forth for its demands although there is
no army
in the area which can succeed against Israeli conventional and nuclear
might.
These are no secrets but the Israeli and especially the
American public
have to be told that Israel is in mortal danger of being wiped off the
map, by
the combined Arab forces if it were to make any concessions which would
be
interpreted as weakness. Let's face it this is
propaganda
because the Arabs simply don't have the wherewithal and if they tried
they
would be annihilated by America. What is behind this
scare-mongering?
The status quo has to be retained and somehow or another the
Palestinians
should just disappear, or at least give up their suicidal behavior.
Even one of our currently most esteemed Newscasters endorses this
principle.
Bill O'Reilly repeatedly states on his "No Spin Factor" that
he is "not interested in causes" he simply wants
Palestinians to stop killing Israelis during suicide missions. As a
physician
this stance strikes me as strange. If Mr. O'Reilly, and those
who think
like him, were to suffer from a chronic cough and the physician would
say
"I don't care why you cough, just stop it because you're spreading
germs," the answer would be a malpractice suit! This also
reminded me of my psychiatric training at the Mayo Clinic where I was
taught
the principles of psychoanalytic thought. Among these
was the
admonition that "everything is always the opposite from what it appears
to
be." For instance a good natured jolly, obese person is really consumed
by
deep hatred and depression. In addition we were told that a patient
with some
type of undesirable behavior, be it alcoholism, a sexual obsession, or
whatnot,
would first have to give up his compulsion and then could be taken into
treatment. In my naiveté I thought to myself that if the patient
can do it
voluntarily why does he need years of psychoanalysis?
Little did I know, in the early nineteen fifties, that psychoanalytic
thought would enter world politics. Suicide bombings must stop
before
treatment of the reasons for these disasters can begin, is not only
Israel's
but America's stance! Like everybody else I don't condone
suicide
bombings but when young women join their ranks one really should look
at the
depth of despair which drives these people. What they
need is
not the stern words of "stop it" by our President but
the ingredient without which people cannot live and that is genuine
hope for a better future in freedom and dignity.
Unfortunately this may not be in the cards as the Beirut
meeting
has shown where they were put on the table for everybody to read. Sharon
threatened Arafat with not letting him return if he said one word
Israelis
could disapprove of. This killed the Saudi "vision" as far as
Israel was concerned. But the Arabs also tipped their hand.
They did
not allow Arafat to address the meeting live through remote TV hookup
but only
via a taped recording. Thus the Arabs showed themselves far
from united
in giving aid to the Palestinian cause. Finally it became clear that President
Bush was not seriously interested either in a genuine attempt to
resolve the
conflict. He could have authorized General Zinni to
put Arafat
in a U.S. helicopter, take him to Beirut, and then bring him back again
to
Ramallah. This would have been statesmanship. But this course,
which
would have shown the world that America means business and is indeed an
"honest broker," would have annoyed Sharon and since he is "our
friend" we must not do so.
Thus the Saudi plan, is probably doomed and so is my own
suggestion
contained in the Tribune article. Sharon will take the Arab
disarray
and the tacit approval of his policies by the U.S. as a green light to
go ahead
with re-occupation of major portions of the West Bank and Gaza.
The
Palestinians will have to live under military law and those who don't
like it
will be shot. The Arabs are not likely to answer
militarily,
because they can't win, but they will use the only weapon they
have -
their oil. A boycott of exports to America would have serious
repercussions on our economy, which still reels from the aftershocks of
September 11 in form of increased defense spending both at home and
abroad.
But even if the Israelis were to annex Judea and Samaria, as
some like
to call it, as well as the Gaza strip, what is to be done with the
people?
Contrary to Golda Meyer's opinion of "there are no Palestinians,"
they do exist and will continue to blow themselves up while taking as
many
Israelis as humanly possible with them. For "security" the
Israelis will give up all hope for peace and will end up even more
beleaguered
than they are now. Even if they were able to expel the
Palestinians
from the occupied territories, which is not likely to be condoned by
the rest
of the world, they would have their own Arab citizens within Israel to
deal
with who may create even worse havoc in the state.
My own suggestion as to how to prevent the disasters,
we seem
to be inexorably sliding into, was quite simple. Only
a complete
separation of Jews from Arabs in separate states with internationally
guaranteed borders has any chance of preventing future
catastrophes.
There are about five million Jews in Israel at this
time and
about 15 million in the world. Even if one were to
assume a
phenomenal birth and immigration rate, which is not likely, and
the
country's population were to swell to about ten million in the next
decades
this would still amount only to the population of Rio de Janeiro.
Furthermore, how much land do ten million people who are
predominantly
urban in character really need? Theoretically it
would be entirely
feasible to create a purely Jewish state as a garden megalopolis which
extends
along the Mediterranean shore from Nahariya in the North to the Gaza
strip in
the South. The eastern border could be fixed along the hill country.
This would still give the Jewish state the high ground for defensive
positions
and the state would receive international guarantees for its existence.
The settlements
would have to be disbanded because they will always
be a point
of friction. The Dimona nuclear plant could be reconfigured
to peaceful atomic energy production which would make Israel
largely
independent of Arab oil and desalination plants on the
Mediterranean
could provide the needed water resources. For Jerusalem
the initial U.N. idea of a corpus separatum
could be enacted. The rest of the current state of Israel
could become
the Palestinian state which could under those circumstances absorb
the refugees from the previous wars. A connection
between the
Gaza strip and the rest of the Palestinian state could be
established
by the creation of a tunnel from the south end of the West
bank to the
north end of the Gaza strip. A tunnel is preferable to a road
which
would have to traverse Israeli land and could be disrupted at any time.
With a
tunnel entry as well as exit would be under Palestinian control and
contiguity
of territory would be preserved. Although a tunnel would present an
engineering
challenge a precedent exists in form of the "chunnel" which connects
Calais with Dover. The Golan Heights would return to Syria
and
the remaining enclaves of Lebanese territory which
are still
held by Israel would go back to Lebanon. This
would
immediately produce peace treaties with Syria as well as Lebanon and
the major
friction points, which threaten to ignite the Mideast would disappear. There
is little doubt that all the Arab states as well as the Palestinians
would
accept a solution of this type. Israel will oppose it because it
involves
significant concessions. Neither Israel nor the Arabs can be
expected
to come to a meaningful lasting agreement. The car is stuck in the mud
of
mutual hatred and it needs AAA to pull it out. Only the United States
can do
so. If the Bush administration were to bring a plan
of this
type, with appropriate input from experts for details, to the Security
Council
it would in all probability be adopted because the rest of the world
wants an
end to this conflict, which threatens the welfare of all of us.
Could America bring about a genuine peace solution as suggested above?
Yes, if
the will were there. But the will is
obviously
lacking!
As mentioned in the beginning, the situation in the West Bank is
currently in
flux. Nevertheless a picture begins to emerge. Arafat may not
survive
very long and we may never hear the truth as to how he died.
The
Palestinians will probably say that he was murdered by the Israelis,
while the
Israelis may announce that he has committed suicide. But that does not
matter. With
his death Sharon will have achieved his goal of plunging the
Palestinian
Authority into chaos, which will foreclose any peace
negotiations. He does not want a Palestinian state, and
neither does
his likely successor Netanyahu. By creating chaos in
the occupied
territories the Israeli government can
then appoint
"Quisling" type mayors of the various municipalities in the
West Bank and Gaza who will cooperate with the occupation. This, of
course,
will not stop fanatic young Palestinians of either sex to
continue with
guerilla warfare against the "Quislings" as well as the Israelis.
Terrorism will abound and since America not only has done nothing to
prevent
this situation, but obviously supports Sharon, we will be targets also.
This much seems reasonably predictable.
In the United States there is currently only
hand
wringing by the media with "but what can we do?" The
signals Secretary Powell and President Bush are sending are
inane. To tell Sharon that his actions are correct and Arafat,
who is
virtually imprisoned, must call off suicide attacks is not a
serious
policy. These statements are designed to placate the media
and the
American public, but are otherwise useless. The U.N.
Resolution which
calls on Israel to withdraw its forces has no teeth
and can be complied with, on a token basis, by Sharon. The
United
States need to introduce a Resolution which in principle conforms to
the Saudi
plan, or to that of the mentioned Tribune
article, and
subsequently tell the Israeli government that if they do not accept it,
there
will be no further aid from the United States or NATO countries. An
action of
this type seems to be the only way to prevent further disasters and is
in the
long run the best chance for Israelis to live in peace with
their neighbors. The reason why America is not taking
constructive
action will be discussed in the next installment.
May 1, 2002
THE UNHOLY ALLIANCE
In the April installment I mentioned that it was
up to
America to enforce a just settlement of the Mideast conflict. We boast
that we
are the only remaining super-power which projects its influence
throughout the
world, yet we allow a small country with a population of less than six
million
people to determine our foreign policy. Surely this should give rise to
thought.
Ostensibly the fight between Israelis and Palestinians
is
over land which both sides regard as their own but
behind it
is the Bible. The conflict is at its root religious
on the
Jewish, Christian and to some extent the Muslim side. I am qualifying
the
Muslim contribution because in Palestine the struggle is for national
liberation and as such still secular in its origin. Nevertheless the
"martyrs" believe they will enter paradise which adds religious fervor.
Even at the beginning of Zionism in the 19th century there
was an
alliance between secular Jewish intellectuals and Christian Protestants
in
German and British high society. This enabled Herzl to gain support for
his
dream of establishing a "Jewish homeland." The rationale
for Protestant politicians to pursue a policy which more
sober-minded
people knew would lead to permanent bloodshed in the Mideast, was
a
misinterpretation of biblical prophecies, especially the one
in the Book
of Revelation, more commonly known as the Apocalypse.
This nightmare vision of an unknown Christian-Jewish
author of
the late first century is now driving decisions two
thousand
years later in America. If this does not stagger the minds of
rational
people I don't know what will. St. John the Divine,
as the
author of that unfortunate book is called, wrote for the people of his
own time
who were persecuted by a number of Roman emperors. The
disasters
he "foresaw" had been stock in trade for hundreds of years in Jewish
apocalyptic literature. They had gained increased
importance
during Jesus' time because the Jews who lived
under
Roman occupation believed that the end-times were near. A Jewish
Messiah from the seed of King David would appear, he would
rout the "idolaters," the unjust world order would
collapse, and the kingdom of God, with its capital at
Jerusalem, would be established under Jewish rule forever and
ever
more here on earth.
But then came Jesus. In accord with the emotional
climate of
the time he was also imbued with millennial
expectations and taught
that the Kingdom of God was imminent. Furthermore he believed,
like everyone else, that biblical prophecies were
indeed forecasts
of the future. He did not know, and could not have known, what
Bible
scholars have demonstrated during the past two centuries that these
"prophecies" were not predictions of the future but
the work of theologians in order to justify the past. The
Bible, as we
know it, was not written in the dim past but came into being some time
after
the Jews were allowed to return from the Babylonian exile. The earliest
complete text was written in Greek, albeit based on earlier Hebrew
texts, at
some time around 250 B.C. in Alexandria. What has never been properly
appreciated is that the biblical authors and editors had not
intended
primarily to write a history of their nation, although they
followed
the example of Homer, Herodotus and Thucydides, but to reveal
God's
plan for "His Chosen People." To do so the past disasters,
which the Jewish people had been subjected to, had to be explained and
some facts
from the past were projected into the future as if
the prophets had actually predicted them. In this way
credibility was
achieved. Thus the Bible is not
only
a religious, but also a political document.
Jesus had no way of knowing this. He took the prophecies at face value
and so
did his disciples. By applying the verses of the "Suffering Servant"
from, what is nowadays called, Deutero Isaiah he believed that by his
death he
would usher in the kingdom of God. With other words because biblical
prophecy
existed it needed people to make past predictions come true This is how
the Word
became Flesh, to use the terminology of the fourth gospel.
Jesus'
little band of followers kept believing that the second coming was just
around
the corner and only as the decades went by without change did they feel
the
need to put his words on paper which became the gospels. Since the
majority, if
not all of them, were written after the fall of Jerusalem in 70 A.D.
the words
which have been put in Jesus' mouth in this respect are not necessarily
historical either.
This brings us back to our own time and the imminent arrival
of the
apocalypse which some Christian as well as Jewish circles so
ardently
want to bring about. Jesus had based his prediction of the events
surrounding
the end-times, and the arrival of the Son of Man in glory, largely on
the book
of Daniel. What was not known then, and is not openly admitted
to now
by Evangelicals, is that this book had nothing to do with the era of
Persian
rule, but was written in the second century B.C. by an unknown adherent
to
apocalyptic thought. The events which were projected into the
future
reflect those which had happened previously during the reign of
Antiochus IV
and the Maccabean revolt. The "abomination of desolation"
was the statue of that Greek ruler which had been placed in 167 B.C. on
the
altar of the temple. The duration of persecutions also fits precisely
the
actual time during which the Jewish religion had been forbidden.
The purpose of the book of Daniel had been to bring hope to the Jews of
Greco-Roman times and the same applies to the Apocalypse of
St. John
the Divine The churches in Asia Minor had been
persecuted under Domitian and needed to be
strengthened.
Babylon the "mother of harlots . . . drunken with the
blood of Saints" equaled Rome and the beast
whose number was 666, or in some early manuscripts 616, was
Nero,
depending upon how the name and his title were spelled when Hebrew
letters were
used as numbers. The author's vision was couched in classical Jewish
apocalyptic language so that any interpretation of other details is
limited
only by the fantasy of the reader.
How did these ancient "prophecies" become popular in our age?
In 1998, the fiftieth anniversary of modern Israel's birth, Timothy
Weber explained the situation in an article for Christianity
Today
"How Evangelicals Became Israel's Best Friend." It
is available on www.christianitytoday.org.
The article is quite long but deserves to be printed and read
carefully. The
intervening years, and especially the current situation, have only
strengthened
Weber's analysis. He pointed out that not only do evangelical
Christians love the land of Israel because this is where Jesus lived
and died,
but also because of the anticipated end-game in which Israel plays
a
pivotal role. In order to reconcile the conflicting ideas of
who was
going to rule the post-apocalypse world: Jesus or an as yet unnamed
Jewish
terrestrial king, an Englishman, John Nelson Darby,
came up in
the mid 1800's with the ingenious idea that the Lord had two
distinct
plans. One for the "earthly people" (Israel) and
another for the "heavenly people" (the church). This idea
which has been called dispensationalism means that some
prophecies
apply to one and some to the other group. For both
groups
the return of the Jewish exiles from the Diaspora is essential.
For this reason Protestant Christians were initially
far more
eager to embrace the Zionist idea, than even Jews themselves
because
the ingathering of the dispersed was the fundamental sine qua non
to
fulfill God's plan. Dispensationalism began to be popular
in the U.S. during the 1870's but the real success
had to wait until the 1920's and especially until after 1948
and the
1967 Six-Day war.
The dispensationist belief system includes:
1) After the "times of the Gentiles" are finished
and the Jews have returned to the Holy Land civilization
as we know it will unravel. Moral standards, including those
of the
clergy will suffer irreversible setbacks. Wars, political and economic
unrest,
natural disasters including catastrophic weather changes will abound
and
whatever is done to reverse the situation is doomed to failure.
2.) Since God had decided to work with only one of the two mentioned
groups at
a time there will then occur during these times of trial what has been
called the
"Rapture." Jesus will physically remove his faithful from
earth to heaven so that God can then concentrate on the Jews.
3) After the rapture of the church a charismatic leader - the
Antichrist - will appear and head a confederation of ten
European
states. Israel will join and rebuild the
temple.
4) In spite of the Antichrist's inordinate power and the help of a
False
Prophet other nations will rise up against his coalition and eventually
he will
be defeated at the battle of Armageddon. During the
battle Jesus
and his saints will arrive and ensure the final victory. The surviving
Jews will
accept him as the Messiah and he will then rule from Jerusalem for a
thousand
years.
I have omitted several details which can be found on the mentioned
website but
it suffices to show the mind-set of a segment of Christians who
devoutly
believe these prophecies and who now devote their best energies to make
them
come true at the soonest possible time. One may argue that evangelical
Christians are a minority in the United
States, just
as the six million Jews, but this would
seriously
underestimate their superb organization and
the resulting political clout. For evangelicals, just
as for
Jews, the Palestinians stand in the way and have to disappear somehow.
A peace
deal between Israel and the Palestinians is unthinkable
because it
would run counter to God's plan. There can only be one state
of Israel which encompasses all the biblical lands.
This has also always been the goal of
the Likud
party and is why Netanyahu told an audience
of
predominantly evangelical Christians in April of 1998,
"We have no greater friends and allies than the people sitting in this
room." This occurred during the Clinton era and President
Bush is expected to toe the line also. If he goes against
these
combined Jewish, neo-conservative and Christian coalition votes he is
being told,
by his advisors, that he might as well forget about reelection.
Members of the House and Senate receive the same message
that their
chances in the upcoming midterm November elections are quite
dim unless they resolutely support the policies of the Jerusalem
government.
But this is not all. The American public at large must be
indoctrinated
that Israel is in mortal danger unless the Palestinians
become either
adjusted to perpetual Israeli sovereignty or are eliminated in some
form or
another. This propaganda has been remarkably successful because even
pillars of
the community such as Jeane Kirkpatrick and William Bennett keep
repeating the
mantra that Arafat has rejected the most generous peace offer ever, and
that
Israel must be supported in the battle for its very life. President
Bush also seems to have accepted this propaganda ploy. After
the visit
of Crown Prince Abdullah he announced that America will not
allow
Israel to be "crushed." But let us look at the facts.
How can some desperate suicide bombers
"crush" a country which is armed to the teeth with nuclear and
conventional weapons? It is the Palestinians
who are
getting crushed. As of mid-April the death count was 440
Israelis
versus 1620 Palestinians and by the end of the month their civilian
infrastructure lay in ruins. But this toll of human suffering does not
seem to
concern our "Christian" evangelicals
This brings me to the problem of terrorism. When
an
army of a duly constituted state creates havoc upon
the
civilian population of a conquered territory by imposing
unreasonable
strictures on everyday life this is acceptable. When
some of the oppressed, who have no heavy
weapons with
which they could resist, resort to suicide attacks on
Israeli
citizens they are terrorists. It is argued that they
attack
innocent civilians while soldiers limit themselves to military targets.
That
this is clearly not the case has been shown recently by the events in
Jennin
and elsewhere on the West Bank. Why do Palestinians use
suicide
tactics? I believe that if they had bazookas they
would
prefer to disable Israeli tanks and other military equipment
but
that option is not available. Since they cannot get to
military
installations they go after the civilian population. But let us not
forget that
WWII forever obliterated the distinction between military and
civilian
targets. The carpet bombing of entire cities
affected
the civilian population much more than the war effort. An airman who
releases
bombs from a height of thousands of feet upon cities is regarded as a
hero,
even if there are no enemy planes or antiaircraft guns to hinder him.
On the
other hand desperate, disgusted individuals who try to draw attention
to the
plight of their people by blowing themselves up in an attempt to take
as many
as possible of their enemies with them are regarded as murderers. Let
me
emphasize that I do not condone suicide bombing but
I
can understand why people resort to it and they should not be
forced
to persist in this behavior by misguided U.S. policies, which clearly
favor
Israel.
Let us now look at the result of Sharon's reoccupation of the
West Bank.
The declared goal was to remove the infrastructure of terrorism. But to
produce
suicide belts one does not need an infrastructure.
They can
readily be made in basements or garages. Hamas,
Islamic Jihad
or the Al Aqsa brigade also won't have to worry any
more about
recruiting for suicide missions. Enough hatred has
been
generated to fill their ranks for years to come. Furthermore
let's
look at the demographics. Of the 6 million
people
who live within the pre 1967 Israeli borders there
are about 5
million Jews and the rest are Arabs. The occupied territories
of the West
Bank and Gaza contain an estimated 3.2 million people
and their birthrate exceeds by far that of secular Israelis. But even
today the
5 million or so Israeli Jews are confronted
with
somewhat over 4 million Arabs who are thoroughly
exasperated.
What Sharon and people who think that a military solution is the only
way for
Israeli security don't seem to realize is that Israeli Arabs
may soon
join their Palestinian brothers and sisters, with far
better
weapons than are now available in the occupied territories. Sharon
seems to be impervious to this simple fact and he may well
continue to extend his destruction of "terrorist
infrastructure" to the Gaza strip at the earliest pretext,
thereby creating even more hatred. This is precisely the reason why this
strategy must be resisted and Israel must be made to
pull back
now if she wants to have peace.
We have at present in the U.S.this incredible unholy coalition
of
secular Jewish Zionists, Jewish religious fanatics and Christian
evangelicals.
The basis is a promise God was supposed to have made to Abraham in the
distant
past and biblical prophecies which can be interpreted in any way one
wants.
Although the evangelicals, in their idealism, envision
a different final outcome, Jews whose feet are firmly planted on this
earth are
happy for their support. Once all the land is theirs they are not going
to be
unduly worried about Jesus and his heavenly host. I would
like to
strongly urge our Evangelical Christians to visit www.noahide.com
in
order to get a better perspective on some orthodox Jewish thoughts.
President Bush is now in the unenviable position that
he must
choose between a policy which demands equal justice for both sides
of
the conflict, and the pressures from Jewish as well as
Christian groups
who tell him that he must stick with Sharon no matter what. This
accounts for
all the zig-zags of the President's public utterances during the past
month
which make our foreign policy so totally ununderstandable to the rest
of the
world.
There is nothing holy about what is going on in the Holy Land
right now and all the parties to the conflict Jews, Christians
and
Muslims are using the Lord's name in vain when they pursue
earthly
material goals rather than moral improvement. During the election
campaign President
Bush told us that his "favorite philosopher" was Jesus,
but the essence of Jesus' message, which might be
summed up in
the Golden Rule, seems to have gotten lost in the
shuffle.
American policy should neither be based on biblical prophecies nor on
concerns
about elections but on a rational approach which benefits all rather
than some.
Memorial Day 2002
WE TOO WERE SOLDIERS
The last Monday of May is traditionally dedicated
to honor
and remember America's soldiers who have been killed in the various
wars the
country has been engaged in. This is good and proper but we should not
only
remember those who had given their lives, but also those who had to
live on
with serious and at times massively debilitating injuries. These
soldiers who
had laid their lives on the line and had been spared the fatal bullet
should
also be remembered and equally honored.
But there exists among the living another generation who had faced the
fury of
war and either succumbed to it or emerged in a severely battered state.
Not
only is this generation of soldiers not honored but it is regarded as,
brutes,
murderers, and wanton killers especially of Jews. I am talking, of
course, of
the German Wehrmacht.
When I read the newspapers it is common to find us, and I mean us
because I was
one of "them," referred to as Nazi soldiers, and the
Wehrmacht as the Nazi army. It is true that
we served
in the German army, and the country had at that time a
national-socialist
government but it is not true that we, therefore, agreed with Hitler's
policies
or automatically hated the enemies of the country. Goebbels
did his level best to instill this hatred into us but he failed because
soldiers, especially the front line troops, don't hate. They are too
busy
saving their skin. It's "shoot first before you get shot" and every
soldier who has ever been in a war will recognize this as a fact of
life.
Let me now go back sixty years. At the end of May 1942 I was still in
High
School but my brother, who is two years older, was already in the Wehrmacht
deep inside the Soviet Union and his outfit was on the way to the
Caucasus to
get at the badly needed oil wells. His job was not to kill Jews or
other
undesirables but to change the wide track Russian railroad tracks to
the usual
European ones, which was back breaking work. He was also a kid, drafted
as soon
as he got out of high school, and not yet nineteen years old.
Fortunately he
got a bad case of hepatitis in Maikop, at the edge of the Caucasus,
which saved
his life. He was transported back home and received a desk job after
his
recovery. By the time his fiftieth high school reunion rolled around in
1991
there was no reunion because he was the only survivor of his class. The
vast
majority had been in the Sixth army which was wiped out in Stalingrad,
and
whoever survived tended to be in bad health which did not allow for
longevity.
Now fast forward to Vienna 2002. My brother still lives there and
earlier this
spring there was an exhibit on the Wehrmacht. It was a replay
of
another one which had toured Germany and Austria some years before and
which
had painted the entire German army as a
"murder
machine." The previous exhibit had aroused a great deal of
indignation by ex-soldiers of my generation because faked pictures and
documents had been used. In the current one some corrections had taken
place to
avoid the obvious pictorial distortions but the tenor was the same. The
"Nazi" soldiers had been evil and such atrocities which had then been
committed by them must never be allowed to come to pass again. My
brother went
to see the exhibit and saw that hordes of school children
had
been brought by their teachers to this educational display. When some
of the
kids saw my brother standing there viewing the pictures they came up to
him,
because of his obvious age, and asked him what thought of it. He then
proceeded
to tell them of his personal experiences and that they were being
indoctrinated with propaganda which bears little relationship
to what
had actually happened. He was soon confronted with an irate teacher who
obviously knew better, having been born several decades after the war
had been over,
and who thoroughly believed the current party line. She shooed her
flock away
from this fuddy-duddy who obviously must have been a Nazi. Thus the new
generation is being brainwashed in current political correctness just
as our
generation had been more than half a century earlier.
But I said "we" in the title because I was also one of these
"evil ones;" "one of the Nazi beasts" who
wanted to destroy Western civilization. The summer of
1942 was
spent working on a farm because youngsters had to do productive work,
for the
final victory, the Endsieg, which was just around the corner.
Your
opinions were neither asked for nor valued so the smart thing to do was
to keep
your mouth shut and do what you were told. My army life started in 1943
and I
must admit that I even volunteered. Now this surely must have stamped
me, in
some eyes, as a devoted follower of the Führer. On the contrary,
it was Realpolitik.
I knew that I would be drafted as soon as I had graduated, because that
was a
given, but it was also obvious that I would, in all probability, have
been
assigned to the infantry. This was a fate I wanted to avoid like the
plague. I
never enjoyed hiking long distances, and for living in muddy foxholes I
had no
taste either. First I thought I'd volunteer for the Luftwaffe
because
I had always wanted to learn to fly. But my grandfather, who had been
dead
already for more than a decade, stood in the way. He had been born a
Jew. That
made me a Mischling and as such ineligible for
this
elite outfit. The fact that Goering's second in command, General Milch,
was
also a Mischling didn't matter because it was Goering's
privilege to
choose whomever he wanted for whatever he wanted. Goering had also
expropriated
the phrase "I determine who is a Jew." It had been coined by the
former Mayor of Vienna, Lueger. Before becoming mayor Lueger had
reveled in
antisemitic slogans and when he was confronted by adversaries that he
really
shouldn't have Jewish friends he uttered that previously mentioned
memorable
phrase. Lueger had another one which is highly á propos today
and I have quoted
it in War&Mayhem. Lueger dropped his antisemitism after
his
election because that was, after all, also Realpolitik.
Since the Luftwaffe was out I was at odds with what to do
with myself.
Then fate sent me one of my school friends, during a stroll in the
city, who
said that he was going to volunteer for the Panzer.
Now
there was an idea. Everybody was enamored with Rommel’s daring and here
was
another elite outfit for which I might have been eligible. As must be
obvious
by now, I have nothing whatsoever against elitism, provided the status
is
earned. For me it is not a dirty word, as for some whom I have had the
opportunity to run into in this country, and who accused me of it. So
both of
us volunteered and were accepted. In the fall of 1944 I was on the
front in
Hungary where the Russians had come to meet us, but I was spared the
battle for
Budapest, for reasons that were related in War&Mayhem.
Earlier
this year I received as a gift John Lukasz's Confessions of an
Original
Sinner who experienced it from the other side. But the point to be
made is
that we did not kill any civilians, Jewish or otherwise, and we behaved
like
soldiers do in all armies, which included even an occasional looting of
a watchmaker's
store. Looting was strictly forbidden in the Wehrmacht and
when caught
one could get court-martialed. This happened in fact to my tank
commander but
after I had already been ordered out.
Now comes the next irony. Not only was I in the Wehrmacht but
even in
the SA, which obviously might stamp me now, in some
eyes,
irrevocably as a Nazi. Well to quote the Gershwin opera: "It ain't
necessarily so." After the assassination attempt on Hitler in July of
1944
the army was discredited and had to be Nazified. So my Panzer
Grenadier
Division was stripped of its number and was called instead the Panzer
Grenadier Division Feldherrnhalle. We were also given a
brown,
relatively narrow, armband which proclaimed SA Feldherrnhalle.
This we
had to stitch onto the lower end of the left sleeve of our uniform
jackets. We
were also told that the Russians had a head price on the wearers of
this band,
just as for the Waffen SS. I suppose this was meant to stiffen our will
to
fight. I wouldn't have been necessary because we were determined to
fight
anyway. Our division was completely destroyed during the
Budapest siege.
There were somewhat over 16.000 men in our division when Budapest was
encircled
and 291 of them were eventually able to break through and make it back
to the
German lines. Thus more than 98 per cent were either captured or
killed. After
the war I met two of my comrades. One had lost a leg; the other had
shown an
enterprising spirit after his capture and had joined the Red Army on
its march
to Vienna. If the choice is between Siberia and heading where you want
to go
anyway, the choice is not all that hard.
This brings me to the oft asked question. "But if you weren't a Nazi,
then
why did you fight for Hitler?" The answer is simple:
we
didn't fight for Hitler, or the Nazis, we actually wanted to get rid of
them.
You may not want to believe this but we were also fighting to save
Western
civilization. The threat had come from the "Asiatic hordes,"
"the Soviet beasts," and the "Jewish-Bolshevik
conspiracy" which had dragged the Western world into the war
against its own will. At least that was the party line at the time. We
who
fought in the East had a clear goal. It was to keep the
Soviets at bay
long enough so that the Americans and Brits could get to Austria and
Germany
first before the Russians had a chance to get there. What we wanted to
avoid at
all costs was to live under Soviet occupation and for this we were
willing to
give our lives. Just as the Russian soldier did not fight for Stalin or
communism, but in defense of Holy Mother Russia, so did we defend the Vaterland
and not necessarily its regime. On the Western front the ideological
situation
was more complex because many Austrians did not want to fight the
Western
Allies. It was simply the wrong war. For us the enemy was not
capitalism but
communism. If I had been sent to the Western front in the summer of '44
I would
have made every effort to throw my rifle away, sneak to the American
lines, put
up my hands and say "Hi folks, do you need an interpreter?" But why
did Germans and other Austrians fight on the Western front when the war
was
obviously hopelessly lost?
There were two reasons. One was that the army's oath
encompassed not only "to defend the country" but also Hitler in
person. In those days an oath, even when extracted under duress, was
meaningful
and a lame excuse that "it depends on what the meaning of is, is"
would have been unthinkable. In addition there were Roosevelt's
favorite phrase
of "unconditional surrender" and the Morgenthau
plan which would have destroyed Germany forever. Neither of
these
facts emanated from Goebbels' brain but was official policy of the
Allies at
the time. It was these policies which unnecessarily prolonged the war
and cost
additional millions of lives. Why did FDR promote them? One reason was
that he
simply hated Germans and he also wanted desperately to please Uncle Joe
who
might otherwise have made separate arrangements with Germany. The
Soviet Union
had to be kept in the war to spare American lives and to get rid of
Hitler who
was regarded as the main menace. We wanted to get rid of Hitler too and
had the
Western Allies taken the peace feelers of the anti-Hitler group in
Germany
seriously numerous lives, including those of Jews, would have been
saved.
But the problem was not really Hitler and the Nazis in the minds of
Western
politicians at the time. The problem was the existence of Germany per
se.
As Vansittart had put it: "Hitler is the symptom, Germany is the
disease," to which FDR and his group readily subscribed. To paraphrase
Marcus Cato, Germaniam esse delendam, Germany
must be
annihilated. The fate that had befallen Carthage two thousand years
earlier was
now to be meted out to the Germans. Nazi or not didn't make a
difference! Even
Eisenhower succumbed to this doctrine. When the Wehrmacht
surrendered
in the millions in the spring of '45 the soldiers were no longer
treated as
prisoners of war but as "disarmed enemy forces."
This DEF, rather than POW, status allowed
Eisenhower
to circumvent the Geneva Convention and to perpetrate a
disaster of
massive proportions on the soldiers who had thought that the Americans
would
treat them in a humane fashion. All of us are more than familiar with
the
horror pictures from the liberated concentration camps, where prisoners
had
died like flies from starvation and disease. But as yet I have
not seen
a single documentary about the conditions German soldiers were exposed
to in
American and French camps between August 1944 and December of
1945.
Being a volunteer by nature I avoided this fate and discharged myself
with a
friend from the Wehrmacht on May 4. We simply threw our gear
away and
started walking home. Another friend of mine who had sat for six years
next to
me in school was not so lucky. He had been taken prisoner by the
Americans, was
then given to the French for more than two years of slave labor before
he was
eventually discharged. He had simply been in the wrong place at the
wrong time
and had become a number among millions. I have mentioned earlier that
at the
time of the fiftieth High School reunion my brother was the only one
still
living. For us, born two years later, the situation was different. We
had lost
only somewhat over fifty percent of our class rather than one hundred
percent.
Accidents of where and when you were born, for which no one can be held
responsible, do make a difference.
This chapter of WWII is largely unknown in America and
we owe
it to James Bacque's Other Losses to
have
brought this tragedy to light. But since WWII was a war of "good versus
evil" his book, which exposes evil on the good side, must not become
widely known, let alone serve as a basis for a TV documentary. Myths
must not
be shattered. The same applies to John Sack's Eye
for
an Eye which documents the behavior of some former Jewish
inmates of
concentration camps in Poland, when they had become supervisors and
guards of
imprisoned Germans. Lest I be misunderstood let me make it quite clear
that I
do not deny that some members of the Wehrmacht had in fact
committed
war crimes especially in Russia and the Balkans where they were
confronted with
a guerilla war which is notoriously brutal. "Reprisals" were the norm
then and they still are, but these acts do not justify the slander of
millions
of ordinary soldiers who had served their country in the Wehrmacht,
let alone the rest of the civilian population who had lived under the
Hitler
regime.
Thus when we celebrate this and other Memorial Days we should also
remember all
the other victims of wars Americans have fought in regardless of
nationality. The
real enemy all of us face is hate rather than a given nation or regime.
Hate will always surface under different names, be it a Hitler or the
currently
popular ones: Yassir Arafat, Saddam Hussein, Osama bin Ladin or any
other
member of the "axis of evil." What we fail to realize
is that hate when met with hate will only
generate
more hate. While Hitler had to be defeated and Osama, as well
as
Saddam have to be neutralized, the methods to do so should not exceed
the
essential minimum to achieve this goal. In our present war on terrorism
we are
in the process of losing precisely some of those freedoms Americans
have fought
and died for in the past. For the sake of "security," restrictions
are imposed upon our lives which were unimaginable only a few years
ago. Surely
the goal of all wars past and present should be peace. But if
this
peace is achieved by hate, and punitive measures, all past and future
sacrifices of lives and property will have been in vain. The cycle will
merely
go on. The names of the adversaries will
change but hate, with all its consequences, will
persist.
July 1, 2002
MORAL CLARITY
William Bennett, former Secretary
of
Education in the Reagan administration, Co-Director of Empower America,
and
author of numerous books, has for quite some time been regarded as the
moral
conscience of America. He has now published a new book Why
We Fight.
Moral Clarity And the War On Terrorism, which is the
subject of this
installment.
Bennett makes the point that the September 11 tragedy brought about a
moment of
"moral clarity" in America when all people felt a renewed sense of
patriotism and justified anger at the outrage which was committed
against us.
He then warned that this anger must not be allowed to be replaced by
questions
as to why we fight this war on terrorism America is engaged in. We must
persevere until final victory is achieved. Patriotism, which in his
view, rules
out any questioning how our government conducts its foreign and
domestic
policy, also precludes questions how we got into the current war in the
first
place. Well, this is all fine and good because Mr. Bennett is entitled
to his
opinions like anybody else but he then infuses the anger, which by now
has
largely dissipated, with a moral purpose. He points out that
Jesus
was not a pacifist, had no objections to war and that
the
Catholic Church condones a "just war,"which is what we are waging
because we have undoubtedly been attacked.
Let us now take a look at how Mr. Bennett arrived at his opinion. He
admits
that Jesus said "love your enemies," as well as "all who take
the sword will perish by the sword," and that these words "in their
unequivocal aversion to the use of force have resonated down the
centuries with
a clarion purity." Now comes, however, the "but" which Mr.
Bennett condemns when used in relation to our current policies."But as
so
much in the Bible, they are not the only or last words on the matter;
they are not
even Jesus' own last words on the matter." As examples Bennett cites Jesus
praising the Roman centurion "a soldier and a man of violence,"
who had requested the healing of his servant. Furthermore, that Jesus
said he
had "not come to bring peace to the earth but a 'sword;'"
that "at Gethsemane" he had said "'The one who has no
sword must sell his cloak and buy one'." In addition Peter was
rebuked from fighting with the people who had come to arrest Jesus not
because
Jesus was averse to violence but because the arrest was necessary to
fulfill
the will of the Father.
This was the best Mr. Bennett could come up with, but the
context in
which the mentioned words were uttered is all important. As
far as the
Roman centurion, "a man of violence" in Bennett's words, is concerned
the story occurs twice in the New Testament. A short version was
provided by
Matthew in chapter 8:5-10, and an expanded form by Luke in chapter
7:2-10. In
Matthew, Jesus marveled at the faith of the centurion who believed that
a
single word spoken by Jesus would heal his servant and there is no
comment as
to what kind of person he might have been. Luke gives us a fuller
picture.
While in Matthew the centurion had come in person to ask for help, in
Luke's
version the centurion had asked Jewish elders to intercede with Jesus
on behalf
of the sick servant. These elders convinced Jesus that the centurion
was a
worthy man who "loves our people, and it is he who built a synagogue
for
us [7:5]." Thus Luke makes it clear that it wasn't the
centurion's
profession which raised Jesus' compassion but that he was a good person.
When Jesus said that he did not bring peace
but a
"sword" to the world, Bennett admits that it was meant metaphorically.
The subsequent statements that families would be torn apart on account
of Jesus
was simply a recognition of reality and did not require a great deal of
foresight. A teaching which breaks with the
established order,
tells people that they must follow him even to the point of
forsaking
their families is bound to be disruptive. Some family members
converted to the new faith, while others did not with resulting
discord. But
this has nothing to do with condoning war.
In regard to Luke's passage that the disciples should buy a
sword
the context is again all important.
Contrary
to what Bennett wrote, the mentioned words were spoken at the end of
the Last
Supper after Peter had declared his fidelity. As we are all aware,
Jesus had to
tell him that before the cock crowed Peter will have denied knowing him
three
times. Subsequently
He said to them. 'When I sent you out without a purse, bag, or sandals,
did you
lack anything?' They said 'No, not a thing.' He said to them, 'But now,
the one
who has a purse must take it and likewise a bag. And the one who has no
sword
must sell his cloak and buy one. For I tell you the scripture must be
fulfilled
in me. 'And he was counted among the lawless,' and indeed what is
written about
me is being fulfilled. They said 'Lord, look, here are two swords.' He
replied,
'It is enough.' [Lk. 22:35-38].
This surely puts the situation into a completely different
light from
what Mr. Bennett wanted us to believe. Jesus' aversion to the use of
violence
is also attested to by his reaction at the time of the arrest
While he was still speaking, suddenly a crowd came, and the one called
Judas,
one of the twelve, was leading them. He approached Jesus to kiss him
but Jesus
said to him, 'Judas is it with a kiss that you are betraying the Son of
Man?'
When those who were around him saw what was coming, they asked, 'Lord,
should
we strike with the sword?' Then one of them struck the slave
of the
high priest and cut off his right ear. But Jesus
said, 'No more of this!' And he touched his ear and healed him
[Lk.
22:47-51].
Thus if one wants to find justification for war other sources
than the
words and deeds of Jesus need to be used. The same
applies to
the teachings of Paul which were also used by Bennett to
bolster his
case. After having mentioned Paul's admonition "'Do not repay evil for
evil, but take thought of what is noble in the sight of all. If it is
possible
live peaceably with all. Believers, never avenge yourselves.'" Bennett
goes on "'the authority does not bear the sword in vain' but is
rather 'the servant of God to execute wrath on the wrongdoer.'"
Thereafter Bennett quotes from "the first letter of Peter,
where that disciple reminds his recipients that human
institutions are
'sent by [God] to punish those who do wrong and praise those who do
right.'"
Now let's look what Paul said in Romans 13 from which the
quote has
been taken out of context. The first four verses are:
”Let every person be subject to the governing authorities; for there is
no
authority except from God, and those authorities that exist have been
instituted by God. Therefore, whoever resists authority resists what
God has
appointed, and those who resist will incur judgement. For rulers are
not a
terror to good conduct, but to bad. Do you wish to have no fear of the
authority? Then do what is good, and you will receive approval; for it
is God's
servant for your good. But if you do what is wrong, you should be
afraid, for
the authority does not bear the sword in vain! It is the servant of God
to
execute wrath on the wrongdoer [13:1-4].”
Thus the context is not a justification for war by a ruler but
an
admonition to individual Christians for proper every day conduct.
The same applies to the first letter of Peter. Chapter 2
verses 13-15
are the relevant ones, "Submit yourselves to every ordinance of man for
the Lord's sake: whether it be to the king, as supreme, Or unto
governors, as
unto them that are sent by him for the punishment of evildoers, and for
the
praise of them that do well. For it is God's will that by doing right
you
should silence the ignorance of the foolish." It takes again a wide
leap
of imagination to get from personal conduct to the right to wage a war
by
rulers. I have used The New Greek-English Interlinear New Testament
for the biblical quotes. The reason is explained in my forthcoming book
A
Jesus for Our Time.
Now let us consider what has become the scriptural excuse, and I use
the word
advisedly, for the idea of "just war." The concept
was first formulated by St. Thomas of Aquinas' in his
Summa
Theologica. The Summa are an enormous treatise by this
eminent
thirteenth century theologian and Peter Kreeft's A Summa of the
Summa
contains over five hundred pages of text. The "just war" concept was,
however, not deemed important enough by that author to be included. One
is
required to look in the total Summa, which take up over
eighteen
hundred pages to find the three and a half which deal with war. I was
aided in
this search by Darrell Cole's "Good Wars" in the October 2001 issue
of "First Things" who provided the reference. In article 1 of Book II
Part II under Question XL Whether it is Always Sinful To Wage War?
[Emphasis
in the original] St. Thomas wrote :
”We proceed to the first article: It seems that it is always sinful to
wage
war...
On the contrary, Augustine says in a sermon
on the
son of the centurion: 'If the Christian Religion forbade war
altogether, those
who sought salutary advice in the gospel would rather have been
counseled to
cast aside their arms, and give up soldiering altogether. On the
contrary they
were told: 'Do violence to no man ... and be content with your pay!'
(Luke 3.
14). If he commanded them to be content with their pay, he did
not
forbid soldiering'.”
St. Thomas had made the servant into a son but that is immaterial. He
then
listed three conditions which allow "for a war to be just." They are:
the authority of a sovereign, rather than of a private individual; a
just cause
and a right intention by the belligerents. It is not my purpose here to
question whether or not these conditions are currently met, but rather
to
explore the gospel authority on which all the rest hangs. As repeatedly
mentioned context is everything and when St Augustine (354-430 A.D.)
said "he
commanded them" one would immediately assume that the bishop
had
referred to Jesus. This was not the case. The words came from
John the
Baptist! After he had called people who came to be baptized
"you
brood of vipers [Lk. 3:7]," they asked him what they should do to be
saved. The full quote of the relevant section is :
”Even tax collectors came to be baptized, and they asked him 'Teacher
what
should we do?' He said to them, 'Collect no more than the amount
prescribed for
you.' Soldiers also asked him. 'And we, what should we do?' He said to
them,
'Do not extort money from anyone by threats or false accusation, and be
satisfied
with your wages' [Lk. 3:12-14].”
This is all any of the gospels say about the duties of soldiers and
there is no
evidence that Jesus had ever addressed the issue of
war.
His kingdom was not of this
world and
his name is being misused when political issues, apart
from
paying taxes, are supposedly condoned by him.
As far as righteous anger is concerned, of which Mr.
Bennett
seems so fond, I would suggest to him the books by Seneca On
Anger, which are available in Seneca. Moral and Political
Essays by Cooper and
Procopé. Seneca, a stoic
philosopher, was for several years Nero's tutor and conscience but
eventually
had to pay with his life for this thankless task. As is apparent from
the
content of the books Seneca concerned himself mainly with lingering
resentment
which turns to hate, rather than the sudden surge of anger all of us
intermittently experience. This is why his thoughts are so important
for today.
Seneca wrote:
”Now look at its consequences and the losses which it [anger]
occasions. No
plague has cost the human race more. You will see slaughter,
poisoning, charge and sordid counter-charge in the law-courts,
devastation of
cities, the ruin of whole nations, persons of princely rank for sale at
public
auction, buildings set alight and the fire spreading beyond the city
walls,
huge tracts of territory glowing in flames that the enemy kindled
[1:2,1].”
What accounts for it?
”{Anger is 'a burning desire to avenge a wrong' or, according to
Posidonius, 'a
burning desire to punish him by whom you think yourself to have been
unfairly
harmed' [1:2,3]. There is no need to chastise in anger if error and
crime are
to be repressed. Anger is a misdemeanour of the soul
and one
ought not to correct wrong-doing while doing wrong oneself [1:16,1].
Reason gives
time to either side, and then demands a further adjournment to give
itself room
to tease out the truth: anger is in a hurry. Reason wishes to pass a
fair
judgment: anger wishes the judgment which it has already passed to seem
fair
[1:18, 1]”
”If we wish our judgment to be fair in all things, we must start from
the
conviction that no one of us is faultless For here
is where
indignation most arises - 'I haven't done anything wrong,' 'I haven't
done a
thing!' On the contrary you won't admit [emphasis in the
original]
anything! We grow indignant at any rebuke or punishment, while at that
very
moment doing the wrong of adding insolence and obstinacy to our
misdeeds [2:28,
1].”
”How is it, then, that wrongs by enemies provoke us? Because we
did not
anticipate them, or certainly not on that scale. This is a result of
excessive
self-love. We consider that we ought not to be harmed, even by
enemies. Each of us has within him the mentality of a monarch; he would
like carte
blanche for himself but not for any opposition. So it is either
arrogance
or ignorance of the facts that makes us prone to anger [2:31, 3].”
”'But there is pleasure in anger - paying back pain is sweet.' Not in
the
slightest! The case is not like that of favors, where it is honorable
to reward
service with service. Not so with wrongs. In the one case, it is
shameful to be
outdone; in the other to outdo. 'Retribution' - an inhuman word and
what is
more, accepted as right - is not very different from wrongdoing, except
in the
order of events. He who pays back pain with pain is doing
wrong; it is
only that he is more readily excused for it [2:32, 1].”
How about this moral clarity Mr. Bennett? Was this
stoic pagan
not more of a Christian than those of us who carry Jesus on their lips
but
ignore or pervert his real message?
But let's face it what is really behind most of the hatred against us?
Is it
not also in part our unqualified support of the state of Israel
regardless of
the conduct of its politicians? Even if it were just an excuse by the
Arab
world for their hatred of American policies (mind you they don't hate us,
but merely what is done in our name), should we not remove this excuse
from
them rather than perpetuate it? Mr. Bennett had this to say about the
state of
Israel after he had on a previous page placed our "one-sided" support
of that country in quotation marks, as if he really thought we were
even handed
in this matter. In the chapter "The Case of Israel," Bennett
wrote :
”I want to put it positively. Our essential human kinship with
Israel
is something like our kinship with Great Britain, but it is also more
particular and less blood-related than that. It is a
deep-rooted
feeling of linked destinies, a feeling that echoes back to our
founding and to the earliest conceptions of the American experiment
itself,
that new birth of freedom which our fathers identified with the
Biblical
Israelite's emergence from the darkness of bondage. And I believe it
also has
to do with an understanding, almost religious in nature, that
to our
two nations above all others has been entrusted the fate of liberty in
the
world. That - the survival of liberty - is precisely what our
efforts
to eradicate terrorism are all about.
Keeping faith with
the people of Israel in their still unfinished confrontation with evil
is, to
me, a species of keeping faith with ourselves; breaking faith, a
species of
self-negation. It is exactly that simple, and exactly that difficult,
and
exactly that consequential.”
These are deeply disturbing passages, from a chapter
which is
full of them, especially when they come from a person who is widely
respected
and listened to by our administration. I don't believe that most
Americans feel
a "kinship" with the state of Israel, they might with the people, but
not necessarily the state. Americans may also love the country, for
biblical
reasons, but this does not imply that they, therefore, have to endorse
the
policies which are carried out in that country at the present time. To
link our "destiny" with the policies of a foreign state strikes me as
absurd. The Bible should not be our guide to foreign policy,
just as
it should be impermissible to use the Koran for that purpose by some
Arab
fanatics. I also have a feeling that Mr. Bennett, who seems to be so
enamored
with the ancient Israelites, is unaware that the honor for
having carried out the first jihad
in recorded history belongs to Moses! Wars
have, of
course, always been with the human race but the ancients were more
honest about
them. They fought either to enlarge their lands, take prisoners for
labor
purposes, and enrich themselves; or in self defense. The introduction
of religious
war, ostensibly for the sake of religion, was Moses' idea.
In the book of Numbers we can read that there was
serious
discontent in the Israelite camp about intermarriage and the
introduction of
the worship of Baal. Moses' authority was challenged by a highly
regarded
individual, Zimri, who had married a Midianite wife and was loath to
divorce
her just on Moses' say so. Zimri and his wife Cozbi where then killed
by
faithful Phinehas who has subsequently become a role-model for
religious zeal.
Thereafter Moses launched a full scale attack against the
Midianites.
A fuller version of the dispute between Zimri and Moses can be found in
Josephus' The Antiquities of the Jews. It would seem,
however, that
the punitive expedition had the additional purpose of diverting the
people's
attention from the internal problems and concentrating it on an
external enemy.
This is, of course, still common practice today when politicians are in
trouble. Although Moses himself had been involved with at least two
foreign
women, the "Cushite" and Zipporah, this did not matter. Moses was in
charge and intended to remain so. One may also wonder whatever happened
to father-in-law
Jethro - the priest of Midian - who had treated Moses so hospitably,
when the
latter had been a refugee from Egypt where he was wanted for homicide. This
war was not against some foreign enemy whose land one wanted
to
conquer, but against Moses' in-laws and seems
to
represent the first purely religious war. It was
fought
with appropriate fury as Numbers 31: 1-18 testify to. First
the
Israelites killed every male. The cities were burned and the "spoil,"
which included women and children, as well as all the property, was
brought
before Moses. Instead of being pleased he was incensed: "Have ye saved
all
the women alive?" Those were the ones that brought on the trouble in
the
first place "now therefore kill every male among the little ones, and
kill
every woman that hath known man by lying with him. But all the women
children,
that have not known man by lying with him, keep alive for yourselves."
Thus the pattern for religious persecution was established and has been
followed ever since. Mohammed used the Arabic word for "holy war,"
but the practice had been established and endorsed by the Jewish
religion more
than a millennium earlier.
And how does Prime Minister Sharon see the future of
his
country? Bob Novak, a conservative commentator, wrote in the National
Weekly
Edition June 24-30, 2002 of the Washington Times an editorial
headlined,
"Sharon rivets senators with his take on the Mideast." The Prime
Minister "Speaking off the record to mostly uncritical American
politicians, the old soldier-statesman was even more blunt. Mr. Sharon
pointed
to no Israeli-Palestinian deal for at least 10 years and
talked of a
hundred years struggles with Arabs. Warning of Egyptian and
Saudi
duplicity, he informed the senators that removal of Saddam Hussein from
Iraq
would be the best way to deal with the Palestinians." Sharon wants to
keep
the West bank and Gaza, because they were promised to the Israelites by
God,
expand the settlements therein and for that purpose hopes to get one
million
Jewish immigrants from France, Russia and Argentina. This is precisely
the
scenario I outlined in Whither Zionism? and why I wrote the
book in
the first place. It is updated in the January and April 2002
installments on
this website Whatever Mr. Arafat or any newly elected
Palestinian
leaders may want or do is irrelevant and to be used only as a
smokescreen for perpetuating and expanding Jewish presence on
Palestinian soil.
Americans are not only to condone this program but finance it as well.
There's moral clarity for you Mr. Bennett! You want us to fight
this
war on terror until victory is achieved, but you fail to define what
this
victory consists of. Since the war is also regarded
as between
"good and evil," there can be no end because evil and good are
intermixed in every human being. You have condemned our
children and
grandchildren to an interminable religious struggle on foreign soil
while we
are losing our religious freedom here. Grade school children must not
be
exposed to the word "God" by their teachers, although they can be
instructed in the joys of sex! This is the Western civilization we seem
to be
defending.
From one Catholic to another I would like to ask you Mr.
Bennett please
reconsider your stance, for the sake of God and our children. Go
to the occupied territories, talk with Hanan Ashrawi, read her book This
Side of Peace, spend a week with ordinary
Palestinians, listen
to them, and then write another book in the light of correct
information rather
than being swayed by religious sentiment and Israeli propaganda.
You
are a decent, intelligent person and can serve our country better than
with the
opinions expressed in Why We Fight.
August 1, 2002
GOD UNERWÜNSCHT
After Hitler had annexed my native Austria
in 1938
one could see signs at public beaches, resort hotels, restaurants and
other
assorted places "Juden Unerwünscht,"
Jews not welcome. It seems that this fate is now to
befall God
in America. The phrase "one nation under God," in the Pledge
of Allegiance, has recently come under attack because the word
God when
uttered at public functions supposedly violates the Constitution.
Yet
anybody who has bothered to read the Constitution and more specifically
the
First Amendment, which is the excuse for banning God from the "Public
Square,"
knows that this a fraudulent claim, regardless how
many judges
agree with it. Here is the full text of the First Amendment
"Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of
religion, or prohibiting free exercise thereof; or abridging the
freedom of
speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to
assemble, and
to petition the Government for a redress of grievances."
Since Congress has not passed a law that forbids: school prayer,
singing songs
at graduation ceremonies which contain the word God, or any other
mention of
God at public functions, it is difficult to see why these activities
should be
"unconstitutional." On the contrary when one forbids the use
of the word God one violates the First Amendment by
preventing
"the free exercise thereof," and "abridging the freedom
of speech."
How has this perversion of the intent of the framers of
the Constitution come about? It is quite recent and
the
article by Alan Mittleman From Jewish Street
to Public
Square (First Things, August-September 2002) is most
enlightening. As some Jews became progressively more
"secular" and left the confines of Jewish enclaves in the major
cities for the suburbs the old traditional bonds were broken. But
suburbia
brought along other problems. Discrimination in
terms of
housing, private clubs, admissions to universities existed and
had to
be confronted. Three organizations were the most
active in
this respect: the American Jewish Committee, the American Jewish
Congress and
the Anti-Defamation League of the B'nai B'rith.
It is generally agreed that discrimination on basis of sex, color or
creed is
patently unfair and should not be tolerated in a country which prides
itself in
its Declaration of Independence "...that all men are created
equal..." Had the laudable efforts of the mentioned
organizations stopped at the point where equality had been
achieved
we could all have lived happily for ever after and
would
indeed have become a model for the rest of the world. But some
Jewish
intellectuals simply didn't know when to stop. They still
carried the
long history of persecution in their backpacks when they came from
Europe, and wanted
to achieve not only equality but "safety." To accomplish
this goal there were three possibilities: full assimilation, conversion
of the
country to Judaism, or the abolition of all religious sentiments from
the
public sphere. Complete assimilation was not desirable because it would
threaten the survival of the ancestral belief and to expect that
Judaism would
become the majority religion was, of course, unrealistic. Therefore the
third
option was chosen. In a fully "secularized" country,
which is a euphemism for atheistic, there
could be no
threat to Jews as Jews, anti-Semitism would vanish and the
Messianic
age would dawn. This was the ideal to be worked towards. To quote from
Mittleman's article
"It was from the [American Jewish] Congress and particularly from its lead
attorney, Leo Pfeiffer, that a stream of test cases and friend
of the
court briefs on crucial church-state cases would issue. The Congress
learned
from the NAACP and the ACLU that the courts could effect radical
changes more
swiftly and elegantly than legislatures...It is no exaggeration
to say that the shaping of the church-state separation regime
of the
post-war period cannot be understood without Leo Pfeiffer's activism."
Mr. Pfeiffer was, of course, not alone and anyone who is really
interested in
how God was expelled from public schools and other public functions
should read
also Stephen Feldman's book Please don't wish
me a
Merry Christmas. In this book Feldman also shows why
America
has to be secularized. The predominant religion of the
country
is Christian and as such automatically antisemitic. This may
strike
one as strange but Dr. Feldman is a law professor and here is his definition
of anti-Semitism
"the intentional or unintentional, conscious or unconscious,
hatred, dislike, oppression, persecution, domination, and subjugation
of Jews
qua Jews for whatever reason or motivation, whether it be religious,
cultural,
ethnic, racial or political."
Feldman explains
"My critical narrative, told from the viewpoint of an American Jew,
reveals the constitutional principle of the separation of
church and
state to be a highly complex social phenomenon that flows
primarily from and helps reproduce the Christian domination of American
society
and culture."
Ergo what should Christians do? Since they are by nature at least
"unconsciously antisemitic," as Feldman declared, it seems the only
way out of the dilemma is that they would have to renounce their
Christian
faith and become atheists. Even if they merely continue to go to church
on
Sundays, their antisemitism will be reinforced, which they will carry
over into
their professional and social lives. Am I exaggerating or is this the
logical
conclusion which is aimed at, but obviously, and for good reason not
voiced?
Lest one believes that I am making too much out of Feldman's book here
are excepts
of the reviews from the back cover, "a wild ride."
"Clearly a superb work of scholarship...the
historical
sweep of the book is impressive." "His ability to understand and
discuss difficult nuances of doctrinal history is impressive." The
conclusion from a review in Booklist states
"At a time when debate rages around issues associated with the
establishment clause of the First Amendment - including school prayer
and
public displays of Christian religious symbols - and at a time of
resurgent
antisemitism, Feldman's carefully reasoned and meticulously
documented
case is particularly welcome."
It did not seem to have occurred to the reviewers that the book
is
profoundly anti-Christian and that the relentless pursuit to banish God
from
public functions is bound to lead to a backlash. These
"intellectuals" fail to consider the law of unintended
consequences and do not realize that their efforts are likely
to
produce precisely what they wanted to avoid: a resurgence of
anti-Semitism. Let
me emphasize, however, that it was not only "non-Jewish Jews,"
to use Deutscher's terminology, who were responsible
for this
slide of our society into "secularism." Nevertheless
that they were in the vanguard of the effort is
readily
demonstrable.
Let us now look at what this relentless drive towards a secular society
has
achieved. Inasmuch as Freud has abolished a conscience,
with
its concomitant sense of responsibility to a higher power, and even
the
so-called super-ego has given way to "do your own thing," we
now have a "culture," which no longer deserves the name.
When a "joke" by Woody Allen that "the brain is my second most
favorite organ” is heartily approved of; when public education and the
media
gear themselves towards the lowest common denominator, one should not
be
surprised that even the President of this country is reported to have
derived a
great deal of pleasure from a current Austin Powers movie which revels
in
gutter humor. If America were a little island somewhere in the ocean
all of
this would not matter very much. But we are the self-proclaimed "Leader
of
the Free World", "Defenders of Western Civilization" who
broadcast this smut far and wide. Responsible people should,
therefore,
take cognizance and try to return America to the principles the country
was
founded on.
What the American Jewish Congress has accomplished on
the domestic
front, AIPAC (American-Israel Public Affairs
Committee) has achieved in regard to our foreign policy.
The
committee has been, and still is, working exceedingly hard to ensure
that
Congress does not pass legislation which might be construed as harmful
to the
interests of the state of Israel. Seemingly unlimited financial
resources and a dedicated corps of volunteers make sure that
only those candidates for election or re-election to public
office gain
the needed number of votes who are firmly committed to a pro-Israel
line.
This holds true even if a given government in that country
adheres to
policies which are not in the best interests of the United States.
Whenever this happens, as for instance currently in regard to the
Palestinian
issue, the American people have to become convinced by media pressure
(let me
not use the dirty word propaganda) that Israel is our most reliable and
best
friend. Alternative voices to this view can only rarely be heard.
Let me make it explicit at this point that I do not blame
the
mentioned Jewish organizations and other members of
the Jewish
community to pursue their self-interest vigorously
with all
legal means. They deserve to be congratulated to their success and for
having
shown how a small minority can use the democratic process to thwart the
wishes
of the majority. To remedy the situation those of our citizens
who are
not in favor of how the domestic and foreign policy of the country is
being
conducted, should look in the mirror and say mea culpa.
But mea culpa is only the first step. Effective organizations
would
have to be created, which are neither anti-Semitic nor neo-Nazi, but
are led by
responsible citizens from the entire spectrum of the American people
who say:
thus far and no further. The envelope has been pushed to the
limit
and it is time to put the real interests of all the citizens of
this
country to the fore, rather than those of special interest groups
whoever they
are. We have a genuine crisis of confidence in government as
well as
the financial system which has deliberately defrauded millions of our
citizens
which needs to be rectified.
The proposed answers to the problems of: homeland
security,
financial scandals and the dry rot of our culture are more
money and more
laws. Neither of these can solve the problems.
There
is not and cannot be total security for anybody regardless where the
person
lives. Man-made and natural disasters have always occurred and will
continue to
do so. While reasonable precautions can be taken, the creation of a
police
state is not the answer. Not only is it inimical to the American spirit
but in
the long run it will financially and morally bankrupt the country,
without a
chapter 11 protection.
To use the state of Israel as a model for how we should protect
ourselves from terrorists, as is currently proposed,
does not
make good sense. One unbiased look at the Middle East shows
that
Israeli citizens are less secure after about one and a half years of
Likud
government with concomitant repression of the people living in the West
Bank
and Gaza than they were before. No amount of propaganda can hide this
fact. For
us to go down the same road is a guarantee that we shall also suffer
the same
fate. What is needed instead is that on the domestic scene we
should
first of all stop creating more fear. If and when another disaster were
to
occur we should respond to it with measures which limit the impact on
the
innocent victims, while we are pursuing at the same time a foreign
policy which
shows to the entire world that we do not prefer one country over
another when
we try to resolve a given conflict..
In regard to further legal measures for our problems
it should
be obvious that whenever more laws are created the lawyers
go to work and in no time at all they will have discovered
loopholes to
subvert the law so that the rich and powerful can get away
while the
little guy goes to jail. This is not a good way to run a country. Campaign
finance reform is also worthless. Loopholes will be found and
money will
continue to be poured into the coffers of preferred candidates. A
genuine
reform of the electoral process which drastically reduces the election
cycle
should be called for. As long as a Congressman or even Senator has to
worry
immediately upon entering office about creating a "war-chest" for
re-election, he/she cannot be expected to take a rational, reasonable,
long
range stand on controversial topics. Pandering to voters with the
deepest
financial pockets is bound to take precedent. Regardless of the best
intentions
this must be recognized by the public at large as a fact of life. As
long as we do not insist on electoral reform rather than merely
campaign
finance reform nothing will be accomplished. When laws are
created and
subsequently not impartially and promptly enforced they are worse than
useless;
they make a mockery of the very word "law."
And what is the common denominator of all our
problems? Absence
of a sense of responsibility! The rich know that they can get
away, in
some cases even literally, with murder and there is no conscience to
restrain
them. "Greed is good" we have been told in a movie
not too long ago. When CEO's of companies are interested mainly in
enriching
themselves further without regard to the fate of their employees or
stockholders
who get ruined in the process, capitalism will lose its luster as a
model to be
emulated by the rest of the world. So will the secular society which we
are
pushing so hard for in other countries. No human relationships be they
within
the family, in business or government can flourish without trust. But
trust has
to be earned and cannot be legislated. This is the fundamental problem
of our
country. The last few decades of the past century have eroded
trust
on all levels and it is high time to rebuild it, by day to day
behavior
which subordinates personal desires to the needs of others.
This
effort could be immensely aided if trust in God were to be
re-established
because it brings with it a sense of responsibility regardless of high
one's
station in life is. To those who believe, like Nietzsche, that God is
dead we
can answer that Nietzsche forgot one vital characteristic of God. You
can kill
Him but He obstinately refuses to stay dead.
Those of us who still have a conscience and
believe
that we have an immortal soul for
which we
are responsible to our creator will have to shed our complacency and
cowardice
so that we can indeed work toward America becoming again "one
nation under God," who by the way is non-Sectarian. I said
cowardice on purpose because those who engage in this task can expect
ridicule
by those who "know better," and it is much easier to just keep quiet
and "not make waves." This was an option we had also in Nazi Germany.
In those days you risked your life if you spoke out; today you only
risk
derision or being shunned. But this is precisely what builds character,
a
quality which has been so sadly lacking in high places.
Finally, the perfunctory "God bless America"
which is the routine refrain of our President and some other
politicians with
which they close their speeches is utterly meaningless.
Why
should He? when those in charge of the country don't pay Him
any
respect the rest of the time. The phrase is not even a request but when
not
preceded by a "may," it is an order. Inspire of His infinite patience
He may not relish being ordered around. Thus our country
needs a change of heart and a return to the values which
created it in
the first place. The attempt to replace an internal conscience
by
external laws has failed and will continue to do so. The time has come
to
change the attitudes which gave rise to the headline of this essay to a
sincere: Welcome to America, Lord!
September 1, 2002
OCTOBER SURPRISE?
It is a longstanding political practice that when
the outcome of elections is in doubt the ruling party, of
whatever
designation, tries to change the cards in its favor by creating
a
foreign policy crisis. The assumption is that the
nation will
rally around the flag and you just "can't change horses in
midstream." The upcoming midterm elections may well provide a
great temptation repeat this time-tested paradigm. The more so
since
the Republicans have only a slim margin in the House and have lost the
Senate
by one vote. Furthermore it is also a historic fact that the party
which
controls the White House tends to lose rather than gain seats in
midterm
elections. Thus the Republicans are potentially in dire straits and
their hope
of gaining a solid majority in both houses of Congress
may require a radical foreign policy coup. The
only
one that seems readily available and tailor-made is the ouster of
Saddam
Hussein.
I have been told that, as the saying goes, "It’s
a done deal." On October 15 Saddam's government will
be
taken out by tactical air-borne strikes. U.S. elite
forces
which are already assembled in Turkey, Qatar, Kuwait plus some other
sites, will
drop from the sky onto Baghdad and take over.
The
Iraqi people will cheer like the Afghans did in Kabul and the November
elections will be in the bag. When I told my informant, who is
influential in
Republican circles, that this sounds more like Texas Ranger Walker from
the
famed TV series rather than a realistic plan for battle because
everything
hinges on us knowing where Saddam is staying at a given moment, my
concerns were
dismissed with "oh we know!" Well, I'm not privy to what the
President and his advisors really know, but I do remember that our
mission in
Afghanistan was to "get Osama bin-Laden dead or alive" and that is
still in limbo.
I met my informant, whose right to privacy I intend to honor, during
the early
part of August when I had the opportunity to participate in an
experiment of "grass roots" democracy. As a result of
articles on this website, as well as others which I had submitted to
the Salt
Lake Tribune, I became acquainted with, Maha, a young
woman
who has relatives in Jordan. She and her husband are also deeply
disturbed by
the conditions the Palestinians have to live under in the West Bank and
Gaza.
She is, however, not content to merely bemoan their fate and write
letters to
the Tribune but she is a genuine well meaning activist in the best
sense of the
word. She has organized and participated in candle light vigils
in downtown Salt Lake City and in addition she arranged
meetings with
our Representatives and Senators.
My physical condition no longer permits me to participate in
candlelight vigils
and protest marches but when she called me about joining a meeting with
one of
our senators I was most happy to oblige. I was especially interested
because I
had been prevented from seeing him last year by his secretaries who
vigorously
guard him from his constituents, as mentioned in the June 2001
installment. Since
I had been unable to visit with the senator I
had left a copy of Whither Zionism?
with the secretaries, urging them to be sure to hand it in
person to
their boss. I even went the extra mile and sent an additional copy to
the
senator's Washington office. I was, therefore, most curious to
find out
what the fate of that little book had been and came armed with another
copy.
As it turned out there were eleven of us who met that
afternoon with
our "junior" senator and he was gracious enough to listen to
everyone. Attempts to meet with the senior senator had been
unsuccessful
because he talks only through intermediaries. But senator Bennett lent
us his
ears although when half an hour had passed the expected knock at the
door came
to let us know that we had overstayed our welcome. Nevertheless we
persevered
and he had to acquiesce in order not to sound too impolite. We informed
him that America's unconditional support of the policies of the Sharon
government is not in the best interest of either Israel or our own
country, that
the plight of the
Palestinian people is severe and unless
that issue is addressed, security for
Israelis and
Americans is a forlorn hope. Desperate people resort to
desperate
measures. We also told him that what is being done in
that
part of the world in America's name does not conform to the
principles
we as American citizens stand for and that he should be using
his
influence in the Senate to become a voice of reason rather than merely
obeying
the party leadership.
I actually was given the honor by the group to lead off with the
discussion and
my first question was: "Senator, have you
seen
this book?" while holding up Whither Zionism? He
looked surprised and answered: "No." I then
proceeded to tell him of my futile efforts to get this little booklet
into his
hands. I also told him that he ought to have a word with his staff. He
should
inform them that when efforts are made by his constituents to
personally brief
him on issues which are in the vital interest of our country and for
which he
will cast his vote they should be respected. I
subsequently put
the booklet in his hand and said: "Senator, please
read
it on the plane to Washington because that's all the time it takes, and
then
let me know what you think of it!" He smiled, said
that
he would but I have no illusions that he really did so. At any
rate
that was the last I have heard from him but I intend to send him an
e-mail.
Persistency paid off even for the poor widow and the hard headed judge
as we
can read in the gospels.
In concert with some of the others I also told the senator
point blank that military action on part of America to
remove Saddam from power is ill advised. Even if it were to
succeed it
is likely to turn the Arab masses against us. This is not the way to
win the
war against terror but is on the contrary an open invitation for more
attacks
on American lives and property. At that point he became
adamant and
recited the well known mantra that Saddam is a
dangerous
madman and criminal who has poisoned his own people,
has started two wars against his neighbors, has
stockpiles of weapons of mass destructions, is working to get
more, will
have in short order nuclear capability and this must be prevented at
all cost.
He is sure to unleash anthrax, smallpox, the
plague
and other assorted ills against our country which puts us into terrible
danger.
It was obvious that the senator's mind was closed and reason could not
reach
him. But let us look at the facts now and the Encyclopedia
Britannica tends to be a reliable resource for history. When
one
consults it, Saddam looks actually a great deal more rational
than
he is being portrayed currently. What was, however,
the most
surprising aspect is that we owe the Middle East mess to
none
other than our own President Wilson and his famous 14
points.
The Ottoman Empire which controlled the area was to be dismembered,
Wilson told
Congress on January 8, 1918. The non-Turkish nationalities of the
empire should
be "assured of an absolutely unmolested opportunity of autonomous
development." Let us remember, however, that America
was
not even at war with the Ottoman Empire when Wilson already disposed of
it.
When it came to divide the spoils after the war, the British
and the
French had no use for truly independent
nations and established a series of client states.
Present day Iraq was cobbled together from
the former
Ottoman provinces of Mosul, Baghdad and Basra but was far
from
ethnically uniform and served mainly British interests. The
borders we
now know were finalized in 1922. These were, of course, arbitrarily
drawn and
the biggest losers for self-determination were the
Kurds. Their tribal area was parceled out to Turkey,
Iraq and
Iran.
The Brits wanted to have a League of Nations mandate over Iraq but the Iraqis
insisted on nationhood and gave the British a hard
time until
independence was achieved in 1932. Initially
the
country was a constitutional monarchy but it was toppled by a military
coup in 1958. A claim by the revolutionary
government
to Kuwait was abandoned in 1961 when Britain
and some
Arab governments opposed it. Another rebellion in 1963
brought the Ba'th party ("Revival"
or "Renaissance") to power with Saddam Hussein, our
"madman," as one of its prominent members.
The party advocated Arab nationalism and socialism. Several
other coups occurred thereafter until 1968
when the
Ba'th party took control again and Saddam Hussein,
with a group of armed officers arrested the chief cabinet
minister,
an-Nayif. Contrary to expectations he was not executed but was sent
as
ambassador to Morocco. The president of the Republic,
Al-Bakr, remained in office until 1979 when his
mantle fell on
Saddam as his successor who had
actually been
running most of the government affairs for several years already
because
Al-Bakr was elderly and in poor health. Industries were nationalized,
agrarian
reform initiated and irrigation projects were carried out. A small
private
sector was permitted to exist and there was also a mixture of private
and state
enterprises.
But there were some domestic and foreign complications. The Kurds
tried
on several occasions to overthrow the Ba'th regime and in
1974
they initiated a full fledged war.
They had help
from the Shah of Iran who was interested in the disputed
waterway of
the Shatt-al-Arab. Saddam met with the Shah in 1975
and a
treaty was negotiated which ended the war against the Kurds
because
they no longer had Iranian support.
Saddam started his presidency in
1979 by discovering
a plot to overthrow him whereupon he had 22
conspirators
executed while others were sent to
prison.
This had a salutary effect and Saddam's rule has never been
seriously
challenged thereafter. The reasons for the Iran-Iraq
war
were directly related to the overthrow of the Shah in 1979.
Although Iraq recognized the Khomeini regime this was not mutual
because the Ayatollah
regarded the secular Saddam as a bad Muslim and
insisted on fomenting an Islamic revolution
in Iraq.
There were also some minor border disputes, and skirmishes were
frequent. On
September 17, 1980 Saddam announced that he had abrogated the 1975
agreement
with Iran, because the Iranians had already broken it. Iraqi forces
invaded
Iran on Sept.21-22 and also bombed various targets in that country. The
UN
stepped in and called for a cease-fire. Saddam agreed under
the proviso
that the Iranians did likewise which they were in no mood to do.
From
then on the war dragged on, the Iranians enlisted the
help of the
Kurds again and that is when Saddam, in
order to
protect the northern portion of his country, used chemical
weapons
"on his own people." This solved the problem in the north
but Basra was still threatened.
By the mid-1980's Saddam looked mighty good to the Reagan
administration, certainly better than the Ayatollah, and American
help began to arrive. Another Security Council
resolution in
1987 which urged Iraq and Iran to stop hostilities
and return to their respective borders was accepted by Iraq
but ignored
by Iran. Only when Khomeini saw that the war could not be won
and was
afraid of an internal uprising did he accept Resolution 598 in August
of 1988,
but it took another ten years before all aspects of the resolution had
been
implemented.
During these ten years Saddam tried to raise his
stature in
the Arab world by cooperative agreements with his neighbors and a
non-aggression pact with Saudi Arabia as well as Bahrain. It is
understandable
that he smarted from the Israeli attack on his nuclear reactor
in 1981,
while he was fighting the Iranians, and told the Israelis that
if they
were to attack his country again he would retaliate with
chemical
weapons. This upset the Reagan administration and led to
strained
relationships. Saddam added fuel to the glowing
embers by
making, in typical oriental hyperbole, inflammatory
remarks
about the West's hostile attitude, which paved the
way for the
Gulf War.
Apart from the problem with the Kurds there had been a long
standing
dispute about the legitimacy of Kuwait as a separate nation.
As mentioned
above, Iraq had, even before Saddam's ascension to power, regarded the
country
as one of its provinces. It was the British who had nixed the idea
because they
had their own fish to fry in that part of the world. Not only was there
the
sovereignty aspect, but there was also a dispute about
two strategically located islands at the head of the gulf, and
negotiations between the two countries about their fate went nowhere.
In
addition Iraq was in serious
financial difficulties as a result of the Iran-Iraq war. It owed
$80 billion, half of which was to go to Kuwait and Saudi Arabia.
Saddam,
in his naiveté, had assumed that his
Arab
brothers would not only forgive the
debt
but, in the spirit of the Marshall plan, help with the
reconstruction
of his country. He may well have thought that they owed him
something
for having saved their regimes from succumbing to an Iranian style of
Muslim
fundamentalism. But Arabs are not Americans and they
not only left
him high and dry, but also increased oil production
which dropped the price and thereby reduced
Saddam's
revenues. The invasion of Kuwait was intended
to solve his financial problems and help the
cause of
Iraqi nationalism. The decision was made
even easier by a misunderstanding of what the American
ambassador had
said prior to the invasion. She seemed to have implied that
America
had no vital interest in this dispute.
But Papa Bush and Maggie Thatcher said "this will not stand" and the
Gulf war was on. President Bush senior is now being criticized
for "not having finished the job" when he had the chance to
get rid of Saddam. But these connoisseurs of history
fail to
remember that Bush led a coalition and was acting under
an UN mandate which demanded only
the
restoration of Kuwait's integrity. Regime change was not in the cards!
In the aftermath of the gulf war Iraq
was devastated.
The Kurds in the north and the Shiites in
the south
tried to get independence from Baghdad but
after our initial encouragement of these efforts we withdrew
support
from the insurrectionists and left them to Saddam's not so tender
mercies.
Apparently our policy makers thought that a weak, ineffectual,
but
geographically intact Iraq would serve their purposes better
than a dismembered one.
Since I have not examined Saddam in person I am not
entitled
to make a psychiatric diagnosis but from the history as presented above
I find
it difficult to believe that the man is irrational. Throughout his
career he has
acted in self-interest, like any good politician,
although he has frequently underestimated his opponents.
This
is a not uncommon mistake to which even
the Johnson
administration succumbed. Let us also remember that Saddam
is now 65 years old, has not embarked on any military ventures
in the
past ten years, and there is reason to hope that he might have
learned
from the mistakes of his youth. It is unlikely that he is
either going
to "nuke us" now or in the future, nor will he send us chemical
weapons either directly or by proxy. With all the war hype
which is
going on nobody seems to ask the question why he would intend
to attack
us. He is not stupid and knows that
any such
act would be the end of him. He is not even likely to
attack
Israel, which would be the only logical target because
we, if
not the Israelis, would wipe him out and I do not
believe that
he is suicidal. If the Israelis feel threatened they have
ample
military resources to destroy Saddam's regime and I fail to see a
reason why we
ought to do the job for them.
Regardless whether it's October 15 or some other date,
President
Bush seems to feel obligated to finish the job his father had
supposedly left undone. It looks like that he
has
already painted himself into a corner by all the bellicose
rhetoric
and he may now feel that face has to be saved and bombs have to fall. UN
approval is neither regarded as necessary nor
desirable. All
that is needed now is an event which leads to
some
loss of American equipment or lives, which can be used to infuriate the
public.
But that should present no problem inasmuch as ample
precedents exist how a casus belli
can be
manufactured at a moment's notice. Incidents at the no-fly
zones, for
instance, could readily provide the analogue of a Gulf of
Tonkin
event which served the Johnson administration so well
in its
quest to justify expansion of the war in Viet Nam.
Let us now assume for the sake of
argument
that everything goes miraculously well, it's all over
within a
few days before Saddam can send rockets loaded with biologic weapons to
Israel,
which he would surely do under other circumstances, and there is only
relatively minor "collateral damage" among the civilian population. Saddam
is dead and the Ba'th party gone, then what? We will
install
the analogue of a Karzai regime in Baghdad but it is not
likely to have much control over the rest of the country. The government
will be regarded as an illegitimate stooge
for
American interests, and Muslim fanatics, as well as
Iraqi
nationalists will do their best to destabilize it. The Kurds
will in all likelihood want their independence
but
that will create a problem with our
NATO
ally Turkey because the Kurds may want to have their Turkish
brethren
in their own nation. This is what President Wilson had promised them
after all.
The same secessionist trends apply to the Basra
district. The Shiites living in the area may
want to join their fellow Shiites in Iran and that is likewise
not
in our interest. Who wants to make Iran stronger than the
country
already is? The next "war of liberation" against Iran is then
automatically preprogrammed. Is that what the "Bushies" really want?
The British tried to control the Middle-East with governments
of their
choice. They failed! What is the reason to believe that we will be more
successful? The fundamental problem is that we expect that
everybody
in the rest of the world has to think like us and when they don't they
ought to
be made to do so. It won't work. Oriental traditions are different from
ours
and cannot be shed by an executive fiat from Washington. We also ought
to
realize that Iraq, which basically is the
ancient
Mesopotamia, has produced the first great civilization
this world has known. Americans see only the current situation but
people in
that part of the world have longer memories. They view themselves as
the descendants
of the Sumerians, Assyrians, Babylonians who have ruled their
countries long before there was a Western civilization which is
actually in
part derived from them. Before there was a Moses there was a
Hammurabi
and it was his laws, including the famous eye for an
eye,
which became incorporated into the Bible. If we have
our pride
so do they have theirs.
While I am highly skeptical of a military
solution
to our fight against the "axis of evil," there is, of course, another
point of view as expressed, among others, by Mr. Podhoretz
in
the current issue of Commentary. He loves the "Bush
doctrine" of pre-emptive strikes and firmly believes that the
"Afghan model" will work. Once Baghdad is liberated
Iran will fall on its own accord, as the next domino, and by
implication so
will the other Muslim regimes we are not fond of. Apparently
the
supporters of al Qaeda will then either see the light of democracy or
just
whither on the vine. Well, anything is possible, what is
likely is
another matter. It would,
therefore,
behoove the hawks in our administration, and
especially President
Bush, to remember that it takes only one party to make war but two to
make
peace. Once war starts in earnest there is no way of knowing how and
when it
will end.
Will there be the mentioned October surprise? No one can know
for sure
but the world may well be
confronted
sooner or later with a fait accompli.
We, the citizens and taxpayers in whose name all of this being done,
have just
as little influence on the actions of our government as the Germans had
under
Hitler. But in contrast to those days democracy allows us to raise our
voices
in warning. If and when the war comes it will hardly be a
surprise for
anyone any more. The only real surprise would be if reason won out over
passion.
October 1, 2002
ONE YEAR LATER
In contrast to politicians and a great many
journalists,
physicians are trained to perform follow-up studies on their patients
in order
to learn whether or not a treatment regimen has been effective. Thus it
is
appropriate not only to remember the dead of September 11, the number
of whom
has now shrunk from 5000 to about 3000, but also what the
American
response to this tragedy has accomplished.
The Taliban regime in Afghanistan has collapsed
under the weight of bombs as well as the troops of the Northern
Alliance and
victory is being proclaimed by our politicians, who feel free now to
march on
to Baghdad. We have been shown pictures of happy people dancing to
Western
music in Kabul and the faces of women who no longer need to be draped
from top to
toe. But let us pause for a moment and look closer at what was really
accomplished in Afghanistan. We have installed a client regime
in Kabul
but its authority does not extend much beyond the capital, or Kandahar,
and
possibly some other cities. The countryside is far from
pacified,
roving bands impede disaster relief efforts so that people are starving
again
and another winter is in the offing. President Karzai is seen
as a
stooge of the West and has to rely on American Special Forces
for his
personal safety. The locals are still trying to murder him. The King,
of whom
we have heard nothing lately, was supposed to unify the country but
when it
came to elections we didn't want him on the ticket. What he is doing
now is
anybody's guess and he may well look wistfully back to his stay in
Italy where
he was at least safe.
In the fields the poppies are blooming again, the
growth of
which had been banned by the Taliban, and a bumper crop of
opium and
heroin is assured. A British source has stated that
Afghanistan
produces 75 per cent of the world's heroin and 90 per cent of Britain's
supply.
That the British authorities are not thrilled over the renewed influx
is
understandable. The Kabul government as well as ours doesn't want this
state of
affairs and we are trying to bribe the farmers to destroy the crops,
but since
selling the stuff brings a great deal more than what we are offering
the result
is a foregone conclusion. Furthermore, although the Taliban
government
has disappeared, this does not mean that their
fighters have seen the errors of their ways and become good
democratic
citizens. As expected they have melted into the mountains and
villages
from which they continue to harass their enemies, be they Afghans or
foreigners. Inasmuch as the people are dirt poor there has also
developed a brisk
trade in Taliban and Al Qaeda fighters. We offer the Afghans
some
money to hand them over to us but there are others who pay even more to
get
them smuggled out of the country to Pakistan or elsewhere. Thus a
primitive capitalism
is flourishing and the highest bidder gets the prize. What we do with
our
captives, apart from interrogating them is also a good question. As far
as I
know no one has recently wondered about what is happening to
the
detainees in Guantanamo. Since they are not designated as
prisoners of
war, although we are fighting a war against terrorism, they seem to
have no
civil rights whatsoever. There exists another nasty little fact we are
not
supposed to remember. The most important Al Quaeda leaders
which are in our custody were not captured by our
special
forces in Afghanistan but through the dedicated cooperative
efforts of
intelligence services around the globe. "Bin Laden dead or
alive," which was the President's motto when we started the bombing
campaign,
has also been quietly forgotten.
Our efforts to root out Al Qaeda and Taliban militia,
which
our special forces are still intermittently engaged in, are seriously
handicapped, because we have to rely on local
informers
as to where their hiding places might be. It is assumed that these
citizens
love us more than their own countrymen whom they are supposed to inform
on
which is, however, not always the case. Sometimes they engage in
efforts which
are clearly counterproductive from our point of view. For instance by
calling
in air-strikes on villages which are populated by rival clans but are
quite
neutral in their opinions about the U.S. In so doing we may bomb
wedding
parties or a convoy heading for elections. These sorts of "friendly
fire" mistakes do not endear us to the populace. Nor can one
blame the Canadians for being upset when we bomb them.
On occasion we have also conducted house to house searches.
This seems innocuous enough to us but was regarded as deeply offensive
by the
locals. In the home the women are not veiled and foreigners have no
right to
gaze on their faces. Now we are supposedly first sending Afghans into
the house
to be searched, to ensure proper attire by the ladies. In the
countryside the
Burqa is still the appropriate dress code and men rule the roost
regardless
what our feminists or their local equivalents desire. The promised
aid
to Afghanistan which was to feed the people, reestablish the destroyed
infrastructure, and promote democratic reforms has been slashed
and is slow in coming. We try to pawn the aid efforts off to our allies
because
the impending second Gulf war obviously requires our money and there is
just so
much that can be extracted from the ever patient American taxpayer. In
addition
there is also bound to be a limit somewhere for the steadily increasing
billions of deficit spending.
It is, therefore, obvious that democracy is not going to blossom in
Afghanistan
any time soon. If one looks objectively at that
country today
one gains the impression that we are apparently in the same
situation
as the Soviets were in early 1980. They had installed a
friendly
government, proclaimed freedom from an intrusive religion, replaced it
with
their own secular values and expected peace and quiet on their border.
As we
know it didn't work out that way. The locals liked their own religion
better
than Soviet values and America was most willing to oblige with money
and
material so that the mujahadeens could give the Russians a
hard time.
In the process we created Osama but the ingrate
turned
against us when we established military bases in his home
country
after the Gulf war instead of just packing up and leaving. For
infidels, including women and Jews, to establish a permanent military
presence
in the land of the Prophet was too much to stomach.
This reminds me of an event in the 1980's when I had been invited to
Saudi
Arabia for a lecture tour. On the visa application one had to enter
one's
religion and there was a comment, "Judaism and Atheism not
acceptable." So there! On the plane from Jeddah to Riyadh I had my
usual
window seat and a Burqad lady sat down next to me. The stewardess
arrived
immediately thereafter and ordered me out of my seat. I am by nature
not very
obliging to peremptory commands especially when no reason is given, so
I pulled
out my boarding pass pointed to 14 A looked up at the row number and
there was
14 A. In righteous determination I had no intention of vacating that
seat. A
somewhat animated argument ensued, the stewardess was demanding my
leaving and
I was equally determined on staying. Then a lady, with only a modest
and
attractive head scarf covering her hair, seated in the row ahead turned
around
to me and said quietly: "You are not allowed to sit next to a lady."
Well that explained the situation and I happily yielded to local custom
because
Europeans are taught early on "When in Rome do as the Romans."
This piece of wisdom some Americans have yet to learn. But since we are
now
engaged in world wide "peace keeping," it would seem to be imperative
that our military forces are being taught not only how to handle their
weapons
but also to show proper respect to local customs.
As far as the goal of the Afghan war is concerned we have been told
that it was
to destroy the infrastructure of terrorism and to liberate the Afghan
people
from an intolerable religious regime. An ulterior motive as for
instance a pipeline
construction from Central Asia through Afghanistan and
Pakistan to the
Arabian Sea was, of course, denied publicly but devoutly wished for by
certain
circles in the oil business. Well, the pipeline has remained a pipe
dream for
the time being because nobody in his right mind is going to invest
money in a
country where public safety cannot be guaranteed. This adds
considerable allure
to Saddam's oil reserves. Once he is gone a friendly
regime
can be installed in Baghdad and the oil will flow to the Persian Gulf
without
having to bother with expensive pipeline constructions. That is the
assumption,
what reality will bring no one knows.
It is likely that I will now be accused of massive cynicism and of
disregarding
the noble motives for which we ostensibly are going to topple the
Saddam
regime. President Bush assured us just a few days ago that Saddam
is a
menace to Western civilization not only for our generation but
that of
our children and grandchildren. Mr. President please
pardon my
skepticism about rendering the world safe for our grandchildren. The
only
universally true law of life is change and unforeseen consequences! There
is no way anybody can make our children, let alone grandchildren, safe
by
engaging in wars and "regime change." It has not worked in
the past and will not work in the future.
Let me remind our "hawks" of just one such past effort.
"We believe that our own desire for a new international order
under which reason and justice and the common interests of mankind
shall
prevail is the desire of enlightened men everywhere. Without that new
order the
world will be without peace and human life will lack tolerable
conditions of
existence and development. Having set our hand to the task of achieving
it, we
shall not turn back." Thus said President Wilson on February
11,
1918 in his speech to the Congress. The new order brought
Versailles;
Versailles brought Hitler, who in turn brought the Soviet Union into
the heart
of Europe. Only by waging a cold rather than hot war against her did
that
regime collapse under its own weight without a drop of American blood
having
been shed. Surely this might be a better precedent than continued
military
campaigns.
The main difference between the Soviet presence in Afghanistan and ours
in
regard to world politics is that the new mujahadeen, which
are in the
process of emerging, won't have the resources of the U.S. available to
them.
But what are Pakistanis, Iranians and even Chinese for? Arms deals make
money
and I know of no country which has in the past refrained out of lofty
motives.
Our new found "friend" Musharraf has a similar
problem as does Karzai. He can't trust his people and
has to
rule by decree. While we abhor a dictatorial regime in Iraq and are
inundated
by the dire threats Saddam might pose if he were to get nuclear weapons
our
pundits are much more tolerant of Mush raff’s proven nukes and his
means to
drop them on people whom he doesn't like. Obviously he knows better and
won't
use them but why should Saddam? Thus it is again not democracy
or
humanitarian values which count in the circles that really
make our
political decisions but whether or not a given dictator is
willing to
do our bidding.
One tends not to read the type of information about our Afghan victory,
which
was mentioned above, in our major news media. It is available, however,
not
only on the Internet but also the Christian Science Monitor.
Although I have considerable reservations about Mrs. Mary Baker Eddy's
medical
opinions the worldwide coverage of political events which the Monitor
provides
is indeed a service to democracy because the information is presented
in a fair
and balanced manner. This is not necessarily the case with our major
news-organizations and the media pundits
What has happened at home since 9-11-2001? The stock
market has crashed, the economy
is in
the dumps and the idea of early retirement by some of our baby
boomers
had to be shelved. Some of them no longer even worry about retirement
but have
more immediate problems with either keeping or getting a job. The airline
industry especially is in shambles. Not only
has
flying become a distasteful chore because of the "security” measures
but
their very survival is at stake. A mid East war with an inevitable
spike in oil
prices may well be the kiss of death for some of our airlines which
can't make
ends meet even now. What the laid off employees, from
all the
companies which are busy with "downsizing," are supposed to do does
not seem to concern our happy warriors in
their quest
for our safety. Those are the realities some Americans have to be
concerned
about and I am sorry to say that these worry me considerably more than
Saddam's
WMDs. The question for some of us grandparents is not whether
or not
our grandchildren will be nuked, anthraxed, or smallpoxed but will we
have to
bail them out financially and will we be able to do so?
Another ominous event has taken place in "the land of the free and the
brave." Our Muslim citizens of Mid Eastern descent live
in fear of being regarded as terrorists. Professors in
academia may no
longer voice their opinions freely because they can be blacklisted and
lose
their jobs. Our high tech industry has relied heavily on
foreign
students but now their visas are no longer as readily
available as in the past. Some Saudi students who had green
cards here
and had homes and cars, were not allowed to return after a brief visit
to their
home country. They have been forced into limbo. Other bright Mid
Easterners no
longer get student visas in the first place and will have to go for a
good
education to Europe or states of the former British Empire, which FDR
helped to
dismantle. For those who doubt America's role in the demise of the
British
Empire I suggest A Time For War by Robert Smith Thompson and Churchill
by Clive Ponting.
The war in Afghanistan is not yet over
it has
merely shifted to Phase II, as predicted on these
pages last
year. If Afghanistan is to be the model for
a regime
change in Iraq our administration would have a lot of
explaining to do why the result will be better.
But
it is not in the nature of politicians to look beyond immediate goals. Instead
of explanations and rational debate, fear has to be produced
in the populace so that Congress can cave in and ratify whatever the
administration demands. This recipe has worked in the past and is
expected to
do so again. But fear, anger, and hate (which President Bush
has
admitted to harboring against Saddam Hussein), are not the foundations
upon
which American policy should be conducted.
There seems hardly any doubt that war with Iraq has
already been decided on by the Bush administration. The troops
are being moved to their staging areas and the political
maneuvers at the UN and in Congress are designed to
fix the
blame on Saddam. The strategy for achieving
this goal
has also become clear. We will make demands to
the Baghdad government which are incompatible
with their national sovereignty and when they are
either
declined or subverted we start with "regime change." This model dates
at least to July 1914 when Austria used it to start a war with Serbia.
Most
recently it was resurrected by Madeleine Albright with the Rambouillet
"agreement" which unleashed our war on Milosevic. The
question seems to be no longer whether or not there will be war but
when. Last
month's installment was called October Surprise? but
since
even Democrats have caught on now it may not be feasible
any
more. The November elections may well turn
into a
referendum on the war and be decided by the susceptibility of
the
American people to propaganda. "The Great Game" as
it used to be called at the end of the 19th century, is still
being played. Empires have to be defended and commercial interests
expanded
which inevitably leads to conflict with those who, to use a
well known
colloquialism, don't want to play ball with us.
October 17,2002
THE SAGA OF TUTANKHAMEN'S SKULL X-RAYS
Before reading further I suggest that you print
this
"Epistle to the World" because I shall refrain from highlighting
special aspects; the details are important and the eleven pages cannot
be
properly digested by cursory glances at a screen. Although I had
mentally
committed myself to monthly installments there are occasions in these
fast
moving times when one feels forced to deviate from this pattern. Too
much is
happening which deserves to be commented upon. The evening of Sunday,
October 6
was one such event when the Discovery Channel presented "The
Assassination of King Tut." In this pseudo-documentary the
English-speaking world finally received the answer as to who had
murdered
Tutankhamen, the last descendant of Egypt's fabled 18th Dynasty. The
mystery of
the king's sudden death, which has puzzled Egyptologists for decades,
was
solved by none other than a pair of detectives from my neighboring
cities of
Provo and Ogden. We were told that a set of skull X-rays had been
released to
them from England for their investigation. These produced "vital
evidence
for the detectives" and allowed them to finger the killer. Now at long
last "justice has been done" for the unfortunate victim and he
"can rest in peace." It had been Ay, the Prime Minister, who in the
waning years of his life, killed the frail handicapped Tut in order to
usurp
the throne. Since I made a more or less "cameo" appearance in this Machwerk
(the word has no direct English counterpart but denotes a piece of fake
artistry), I owe it to my friends and readers to set the record
straight.
I have had a long standing interest in Egyptian history and when I saw
on one
of my periodic trips to Vienna a book by Vandenberg Nofrete,
Echnaton und
ihre Zeit, I bought it right away. What I read in this book during
the
middle 1980's literally set this whole show in motion. It's obvious
that God's
mills grind slowly. The key sentences when translated from German read:
"Radiologic examinations of the mummy revealed that the young pharaoh
did
not die of natural causes and, therefore, urgently needed this tomb
[which had
been hastily prepared and was not originally intended for him].
Tut-ench-Amun
has a hole [Loch] in the posterior portion of his skull [Hinterkopf]
as it might have resulted from a club or spear tip. Did the little king
die
from the hand of a murderer? Many regard Eje [Ay] the 'Father of the
God' and
successor of Tut-ench-Amun, as the murderer; an assumption which has
not yet
been fully validated."
The words "hole in the skull" clearly raised the interest of the
professional neurologist and I immediately decided to follow through on
this.
Where are these X-rays and what do they really show? was the question.
But
Vandenberg had written for the general public and had, therefore, not
provided
references for his statement. There are, however, other sources and the
Cambridge
Ancient History has a well deserved excellent reputation. It
contained a
statement by Cyril Aldred, a highly respected Egyptologist:
"He [Tutankhamen] died in his nineteenth year, perhaps as the result of
a
wound in the region of his left ear which penetrated the skull and
resulted in
a cerebral haemorrhage.
How this lesion was caused must remain a mystery, but the nature and
seat of
the injury make it more likely to be the result of a battle wound or an
accident than the work of an assassin."
Now we no longer have just a skull defect but also
a brain
hemorrhage. Furthermore it is not in the back of the head but in the
region of
the left ear, and young Tut wasn't murdered after all. Where did Aldred
get his
information from? As a scientist he gave the reference which read "The
Times, Science Report, 25 October 1969." A trip to the public library
followed, the article was located and printed. The headline of this
brief note
read "Violent death of Tutankhamen." The essential sentences were:
"Examination of the mummy by Professor R.G. Harrison and Dr. R.C.
Connolly
of the anatomy department at Liverpool University, has revealed wounds
that
resemble brain damage sustained by a violent blow on the head.
X-rays of the pharaoh's head have shown up a thinning of the bone at
the back
of the skull, Professor Harrison said yesterday. His diagnosis is that
the
thinning was caused by a cerebral haemorrhage resulting from a blow to
the
head."
I found out later that the statement was based on a BBC documentary
which had
been shown in the UK in 1969 and will be discussed later.
All right; now we no longer have a skull defect but only a thinning of
the bone
caused by bleeding in the brain. Thus, the question remained what did
these
X-rays really show? But at least there were now two names and an
address. This
is how my correspondence with Mr. Connolly, Senior Lecturer at the
Anatomy
department of Liverpool University, started and which thanks to my
compulsive
nature survived the trip from Michigan to retirement in Utah. He was
one of the
key members of Harrison's expedition which actually had as its goal to
investigate the kinship of Tutankhamen with a mummy that had previously
been
thought as belonging to Akhenaten but is now regarded as that of the
ephemeral
Smenkhare, who was either co-regent or for a short time successor of
the
heretic pharaoh. Precise data are lacking. As a result of their
examinations Harrison
suggested on anatomic and Connolly on serologic grounds that
Tutankhamen and
Smenkhare may have been brothers. This important scientific finding
was,
however, in the public mind overshadowed by the sensation the skull
X-rays had
caused. When I wrote to the Chairman of the anatomy department in the
summer of
1986 my letter was answered by Mr. Connolly who wrote:
"Before Professor Harrison died, we were working on an extensive
analysis
of the x-rays of several Dynastic specimens including Tutankhamun but
this is
still incomplete. I have all the x-rays and am hoping to complete the
study in
the not too far distant future and I shall give you the information
about
publication.
We haven't published anything beyond the 1972 Antiquity but I may
produce a
report before publication of the main comparative study because several
workers
have been seeking information specifically about Tutankhamun."
I thanked Connolly for his information and asked him to inform me about
the
final results of his investigations. I also made a trip to the
University
Library in Detroit and unearthed two relevant articles by Harrison.
One, dated
1971, was hidden away in a journal called Buried History
under the
title "Post Mortem on Two Pharaohs. Was Tutankhamen's Skull Fractured?"
The second article was the mentioned 1972 report in Antiquity
with the
simple title "The Remains of Tutankhamun." This article is a classic
because it provides most valuable evidence about how Carter and Derry's
"autopsy" of the pharaoh in 1925 was really carried out. The details
would take me too far afield now, suffice it to say that due to an
excessive
use of unguents the king's mummy was found to have been solidly glued
to the
bottom of the third coffin and even the gold coffin itself was stuck to
the
bottom of the second coffin. Carter's team had to literally chisel the
mummy
away from the coffin to get at all the artifacts which now grace
museums around
the world. They severed the limbs, sawed the trunk away from the pelvis
and
decapitated the mummy at the seventh cervical vertebra. Mr. Filce Leek,
a
member of the expedition, produced a book afterwards under the title The
Human Remains of Tutankhamen where he details the condition in
which
Harrison's team found the mummy of the king. Unless one has read the
Antiquity
paper and Leek's book in detail no worth-while opinion can be
formulated about
the meaning of the X-rays and a possible cause of death.
While the paper in Antiquity did not enter into speculations
how
Tutankhamen may have died, Harrison did write in the Buried History
article:
"While examining X-ray pictures of Tutankhamen's skull I discovered a
small piece of bone in the left side of the skull cavity. This could be
part of
ethmoid bone which had become dislodged from the top of the nose when
an
instrument was passed up the nose into the cranial cavity during the
embalming
process. On the other hand, the X-rays also suggest that the piece of
bone is
fused with the overlying skull and that this could be consistent with a
depressed fracture which had healed. This could mean that Tutankhamen
died from
a brain hemorrhage caused by a blow to his skull from a blunt
instrument.
This evidence taken together with the fact that the pharaoh was only 18
when he
died, and considered against the troubled times during which he lived,
poses an
intriguing question: was Tutankhamen murdered?"
It was this sentence and one other sentence on the mentioned BBC
documentary
which started all the speculations about murder. Without any new
evidence since
1969, Tut's death is now being declared not only a homicide but we even
have
the murderer according to the Discovery Channel.
Yet when one looks at what has been presented so far in regard to the
interpretation of the crucial X-rays we have two different locations
for the
supposed "fracture" and "hemorrhage." One is in the
posterior portion of the head, namely the occipital bone and the other
higher
up in the parietal bone. A scientifically inclined mind might ask: well
which
way is it? Let's give these X-rays to a panel of neuroradiologists and
let them
decide what the proper interpretation of the radiographs should be. Let
us
remember, also, that Harrison was Head of the Department of Anatomy at
the
University of Liverpool and although an excellent scientist he was not
necessarily a specialist in neuroradiology.
The years went by, Martha and I had retired from our jobs, moved to
Utah and I
kept checking the literature intermittently whether or not new
information had
come out from Liverpool about the final interpretation of the X-rays.
When this
was not the case I asked, in December of 1995, my friend and colleague
Dr. Ted
Reynolds, Director of "The Institute of Epileptology" at the Maudsley
Hospital in London, if he could find out who the current Chairman of
the
Anatomy Department at Liverpool University is because as time moves on
people
have a tendency to die. Lo and behold in April of 1996 I received a
letter from
Connolly. It was dated April 1, 1996 and stated:
"Your letter to Dr. Reynolds has been passed to Professor Chadwick, who
passed it to Professor Wood who passed it to me. Reports of my death
have (as
the man said) been greatly exaggerated!
I enclose a positive and a negative print of the original lateral
radiograph of
the badly damaged head and neck of Tutankhamen.
I am afraid there is really nothing beyond our original publications on
the
subject which I can add about these radiographs. They have been
examined
recently by several eminent radiologists, and apart from the obvious
features
referred to in previous publications they really do not contribute
anything
particularly significant either to the procedures for mummification in
the 18th
Dynasty or, more importantly to the cause of death."
The letter ended with the request that in any publication credit should
be
given to the Department and that there is a standard University charge
for
publication in popular magazines or in non-academic books.
I thanked Connolly for his pictures and also mentioned that this view
of the
head has in the meantime already been published by Nicholas Reeves in The
Complete Tutankhamen. In the text Reeves wrote, "Sadly Harrison
did
not live to publish fully his thoughts on this feature [the obvious
bone
splinter in the parietal area], and it is not clear whether he believed
the
damage to have been sustained before or after death, accidentally or
intentionally. That the king was murdered, however, seems increasingly
likely." How Reeves, who was a Curator in the British Museum's
Department
of Egyptian Antiquities, arrived at the likelihood of murder was not
elaborated
on.
Photographs in hand I proceeded to show them to my colleagues Dr.
Richard
Boyer, Head of the Department of Medical Imaging at Primary Children's
Hospital
(Salt Lake City's Pediatric Hospital for the University of Utah) where
I still
worked as a consultant, Dr. Anne Osborn a highly respected specialist
in
Neuroradiology at the University Hospital, and the Medical Examiner of
the
State of Utah, Dr. Todd Grey. This was done on separate occasions to
obtain
unbiased independent opinions. The verdict was unanimous: the splinter
is in
all probability due to post-mortem artifact, there is no evidence for a
skull
defect but unless one had the actual radiographs a final opinion could
not be
rendered merely on photographs. The visit to Dr. Grey was prompted by
the
desire to discuss my own ideas, on how the king might have died, with a
forensic pathologist. In a subsequent letter, dated September 30, 1996,
he
confirmed that they were reasonable. The X-ray information was promptly
relayed
to Connolly with the request that he should continue to keep my
interest in
mind and let me know if and when something new developed.
Something did, but not in Liverpool. I had attended the American
Clinical
Neurophysiology Meeting in Boston and during a break in the proceedings
wandered across the street to the Public Library. Everything was nicely
computerized and not quite knowing what I would be most interested in I
typed
"Tutankhamen." Much to my surprise up came a brief article written by
David Stout for the New York Times June 30, 1996. The
headline was
"The violent Death of King Tut." This was obviously the same as that
of the 1969 London Times article except that irreverent
American
journalists are loath to use the king’s full name. The article stated:
"After studying the X-rays of Tutankhamen's skull, two scientists said
last week that he might have been bludgeoned, and that his death at the
tender
age of 19, might have been slow.
The discovery was made when Bob Brier, an Egyptologist at the C. W.
Post Campus
of Long Island University, asked Dr. Gerald Irwin, a physician and
trauma
specialist at the university, to examine the X-rays of King Tut that
were taken
28 years ago at the boy Pharaoh's tomb.
Dr Irwin said the X-rays showed that King Tut, who ruled Egypt more
than 3,000
years ago, could have died of a blow to the head. And a line on the
skull could
indicate a blood clot, meaning Tut may not have died right away."
Immediately upon returning home a Fax went off to Connolly asking him
whether
or not Brier and Irwin had been members of the team of "eminent
radiologists" whom he had mentioned in his previous letter. The answer
was
that this had not been the case. Brier and Irwin did not even have the
X-rays.
What Brier had done was to enlarge the same photograph Connolly had
sent me
previously, placed it on an X-ray viewing box, "made up to look like an
actual radiograph - which it is not." To add emphasis not was
underlined three times. Well, so much for the integrity of the New York
Times
but it was sad that one of our medical colleagues had allowed himself
to be
used in this spoof. Nevertheless a new wrinkle had appeared in this
ongoing
saga: What was the reason for assuming that Tut's death had not been
sudden but
that he had lingered for some time before succumbing to whatever had
ailed him?
The answer was provided by a Father's Day present from my good and
faithful
wife in June 1998 in form of a book The Murder of Tutankhamen. A
True Story
by Bob Brier, Ph.D. The dust jacket tells us that Bob Brier is one of
the
country's most respected Egyptologists, whose specialty is
paleopathology and
that he has conducted autopsies on many ancient mummies. We are
informed
furthermore that "Now Egyptologist Bob Brier uses modern forensic
techniques and ancient documents to reveal the crime, identify the
killer of
Tutankhamen, and bring the tumultuous world of ancient Egypt and its
young pharaoh
alive."
The historic information Brier provides can be found in other texts on
the 18th
Dynasty but what is new is an explanation for David Stout's article.
Brier
wrote:
"Given the omissions and confusions surrounding Tutankhamen's X rays,
it
was clear that a careful reexamination of the material relating to
Tutankhamen's death was necessary. My first step was to get a copy of
Harrison's X ray, but he had died in 1979. His colleague R. C. Connolly
was
still at the University of Liverpool and he kindly sent me prints of
the X ray
along with a friendly note that was far from encouraging.
'I am afraid there is really nothing beyond our original publications
on the
subject which I can add about these radiographs...Apart from the
obvious
features referred to in previous publications they really do not
contribute
anything particularly significant either to the procedures for
mummification in
the Eighteenths Dynasty or more important, to the cause of death.'"
Brier referenced the letter as having been sent on April 1, 1996. An
attentive
reader of this Hot Issues installment will immediately have experienced
a
profound déja vu sensation and this is the reason why
I have presented
Connolly's letter to me in full which had precisely the same date. What
has
happened here? Connolly is a busy man who has a heavy teaching load, in
addition to his research efforts, and has little time to spare for
numerous
requests from all over the world about Tut's X-rays. So he apparently
sent the
same letter and photos to insistent petitioners. But Brier did
something which
is not quite kosher in scientific circles, especially when he subtitled
his
book "A True Story." He had replaced the statement about the
"eminent radiologists" who had examined the pictures recently with
ellipsis! The reason is obvious because what doesn't fit a hypothesis
is not
allowed to exist. If there is one message in all of this it is: Beware
of
Ellipsis! They can be used to hide the truth and whenever an ellipsis
is
encountered it behooves a scientist to go to the original text and find
out
what has been omitted.
But there is more. Figure 25 shows the by now famous photograph which
is
labeled as "X ray" and an arrow "points to the location of the
possible blow to the back of the head." It is nowhere near the left ear
as
had been suggested by earlier authors and is so close to the neck that
it would
seem highly unlikely for an assassin to strike this spot which is
extremely
well protected by the neck musculature. Figure 26 shows the blowup of
the
photograph on the view-box Connolly had mentioned in his Fax. Brier can
be seen
pointing to the bone splinter in the parietal area (which is regarded
as
artifact), while Dr. Irwin watches attentively. The legend to the
picture
states that "Irwin was the first to suggest Tutankhamen may have
lingered
before dying from a blow to the back of the head."
Irwin's opinion was based on the BBC documentary of 1969 which I had
not seen
until after the interview for the recent Assassination video. In this
documentary, which by the way is excellent, we are shown under what
conditions
the X-rays had been obtained by Harrison's team in 1968. On the film
Harrison
explained in detail the skull X-ray findings in regard to the splinter,
which
he regarded as artifact. But subsequently he added a fateful sentence
when he
described an "eggshell thinning" of the occipital bone, "This is
within normal limits. But in fact, it could have been caused by a
hemorrhage
under the membranes overlying the brain in this region, and this could
have been
caused by a blow to the head, and this in turn could have been
responsible for
death."
Here is now the proverbial "smoking gun" for the cerebral hemorrhage
or more properly called subdural hematoma, in neurologic circles. But
Harrison
was a scientist, as such cautious and not given to apodictic
statements. The
sentence is laced with "could." The only time a definitive
"is" was used occurs in relation to the finding being "within
normal limits." Now let us fast forward to 1998 and Brier's book where
he
wrote in regard to Dr. Irwin's opinion:
"First, I showed him the BBC video of Harrison's explanation of the X
ray.
Then he studied the X-ray print of Tutankhamen's skull. He agreed with
Harrison. There could indeed have been a blow to the back of the head;
the X
ray was evidence [sic] for a hematoma; an accumulation of blood beneath
the
skin. But then Dr. Irwin noticed something else. Inside the skull, near
the
location of the possible blood clot, an area of increased density
showed. This
is what would be expected from a calcified membrane formed over a blood
clot.
Physicians call it a chronic subdural hematoma - a phenomenon that
takes
considerable time to develop."
Although Brier goes on to state correctly that the X ray "does not
prove
he was murdered," because X-rays can't reveal intentions, he had to
justify the title of his book. He, therefore, continued:
"In Tutankhamen's case, two renowned experts saw evidence [sic] of a
hematoma in the skull. Did Tutankhamen trip and hit his head? Given the
location of the hematoma, that is unlikely. By itself, evidence of a
fatal blow
to the back of the skull in a place where an accident is unlikely would
never
convince a jury to convict. But it would certainly be enough to cause a
thorough investigation by the police to see if they could turn up
additional
evidence. They would label the X ray 'indication of suspicious
circumstances.'"
This is where the saga ended for the time being. Although the murder
theory was
not regarded as proven it was initiated by a set of X-rays which had
never left
Liverpool and had never been published in the medical literature so
that the
pros and cons of the various interpretations could have been discussed.
Brier
devotes the rest of the book to his literary detective work with the
final
conclusion that the assassin had been Ay. This would not have come as a
great
surprise to those Egyptologists who subscribed to the murder theory on
the
flimsy X-ray "evidence." I discussed this new "evidence"
again with my radiology colleagues who regarded the idea of a calcified
posterior fossa subdural hematoma as highly unlikely because they had
never
seen one in that location especially in a person of that age. Since my
own
efforts to get the actual X-rays had not been successful I dropped the
matter
and devoted myself to more attainable purposes.
But to paraphrase Shakespeare "uneasy rests the head that wore a
crown." In August of 2001 a call came out of clear blue sky and a lady,
who identified herself in a wonderful British accent as Kate Botting,
asked me
if she could talk to me in regard to Tutankhamen. She was making a
video about
Tutankhamen for Atlantic Productions to be shown on the Discovery
Channel and
would appreciate it if I could give her a few minutes to discuss the
project.
She was in town and could come to our house if this were agreeable.
Obviously
it was agreeable and over a couple of glasses of wine Martha and I
discussed
with Kate, and her camera crew supervisor Lance, all my efforts to find
out
what the X-rays really showed. I also told them that the evidence for
young Tut
having been murdered, as presented in Brier's book, is inadequate and
pointed
to various other more probable scenarios. She was enthused and asked if
I would
be willing to be interviewed for the film. I agreed but only on the
condition
that she bring along copies of the X-rays from Liverpool so that our
experts
could go over them and come to their own conclusions. She agreed and
filming
was set for September 15. But the whole world knows what happened on
September
11. Air travel came to a standstill and the project had to be
postponed.
After several delays Kate arrived on September 19 at 12:30 a.m. and by
8:30
a.m. I had finally at long last 3 X-rays in my hand. They consisted of
the
famed lateral view, a front to back view and one taken from the chin
up. I
headed immediately for what used to be called X-ray department of
Primary
Children's and now has the less descriptive but more flowery name of
Medical
Imaging. As usual Boyer was busy and there was no time for detailed
inspection.
I left the X-rays with him so that he could at least glance at them
prior to
the interview which was scheduled for the late afternoon of the same
day.
Filming took place, most appropriately, in the morgue of the Medical
Examiner's
building. I was first in line and explained for about half an hour the
reasons
why the "evidence" for Tut's murder does not necessarily hold up and
that a key element of Carter's findings may not have been properly
interpreted
in the past. Moisture had damaged not only the second coffin (the third
one was
pure gold) but even the bandages with which the body had been wrapped.
Carter
also reported that the closer to the body one came the worse the
condition of
the bandages and it seemed that the moisture had come from the body
itself.
Carter blamed this moisture on an excessive use of unguents for
religious
purposes and they had over the millennia introduced spontaneous
combustion
which accounted for the massively decayed state the mummy was found in.
Inasmuch as the whole purpose of mummification was to preserve the
deceased in
as intact a state as possible, and the ancient embalmers had been
experts in
their art, I found it difficult to believe Carter's explanation. It
seemed more
likely to me that the body may have been already in the process of
decay by the
time it reached the "House of Vigor" or "Vitality," as the
workshop of the embalmers was euphemistically referred to. Under these
circumstances even experts may have been confronted with an impossible
task.
Desiccation with natron, the usual procedure, would have been no longer
effective and a hasty disposal of the remains may have been imperative.
Anyone
who has had the unfortunate experience of viewing a decaying body knows
that
this process is accompanied by a terrible odor and I reasoned,
therefore, that
the clearly excessive use of unguents, by the bucketful, may have been
to mask
this dreadfully foul smell. I also suggested that there may well have
been an
accident during hunting or fishing in the desert or marshes
sufficiently far
away from the palace and even a few hours in the Egyptian sun can lead
to the
decay of a dead body. Another possibility could be related to the
unexplained,
and now no longer mentioned, nature of "the scab" on the left cheek
which Derry had noted at the original autopsy. It might have been due
to an
insect bite which had become infected leading to sepsis which likewise
hastens
bodily decomposition and makes proper embalming difficult if not
impossible.
This is precisely what I had discussed with Todd Grey in 1996 and he
had felt
that these were reasonable ideas. I did not talk about the skull X-rays
during
the TV interview but left that to Dr. Boyer.
My comments were, however condensed in the movie to two brief snippets
and
since they clearly interfered with the murder idea they were treated
with a
curt statement, "But Cooper and King [the detectives] think it unlikely
that Tutankhamen died in an accident, someone was always looking after
him." On TV, just like in newspapers, the editor always has the last
word
and that is all the public ever gets.
The same mangling of the interviews occurred also especially in regard
to Rich
Boyer's skull X-ray explanations. He spent about twenty minutes
explaining the
various features which were all due to post-mortem artifact but he then
became
attracted to the seeming lack of intervertebral disc spaces. He
interpreted
this finding as suggestive of a congenital condition called Klippel
Feil
syndrome where the neck is fused and movement of the head thereby
limited. This
was precisely what the producers had been longing to hear because with
a normal
skull X-ray the murder theory loses much of its luster. When it was
further
said by Boyer as well as Grey, whose turn had come next, that even a
relatively
minor fall or blow to the head might, therefore, be fatal the murder
story was
again on track and a brand new piece of "evidence" could be added.
The detectives then took over. With the help of a "profiler" and by
visiting the wall paintings of various tombs in Egypt the narrator told
us that
they were able "to right a wrong and nailed a killer." Ay had come
upon the sleeping Tut, lifted his head by the stiff neck and then
smashed it
down. Murder solved!!!
When I saw this fantasy I cringed, but I had been forewarned. Connolly
had sent
me from England newspaper extracts which detailed the contents of the
movie.
Even our own Time magazine had a long article on "Who Killed Tut?"
While my emotional tone was one of annoyance for having been misled in
believing that the movie would be a documentary where the various
possibilities
of Tutankhamen's death would be discussed in a scientific manner, I can
imagine
how Egyptologists must have felt when they saw how previously published
information was used by the producers to declare an old theory as a
brand new
fact. Since it was Bob Brier's book that apparently had been the
inspiration
for this video he may well have been particularly unhappy for not
getting his
name mentioned in the program. Although the content of the film was
misleading
my good Martha, who always finds a rose even among weeds, said: But the
photography was good! That was correct and Lance deserves
congratulations.
A few days after the filming Rich and I went over the X-rays in detail
especially in regard to the supposed Klippel Feil syndrome. The
impressive
fusion of the cervical spine turned out to have likewise been a
post-mortem
artifact due to the resin. The neck was encased in a consolidated mass
of resin
which became apparent when we saw Harrison's original
video-documentary, given
to me by Kate. For this, as well as for bringing the X-rays from
Liverpool I am
grateful. The bone splinter in the skull which had given rise to the
skull
fracture theory is in all probability, as Connolly has pointed out to
me, a
piece of the first cervical vertebra which was dislodged when Derry
stuck some
instrument through what is called the foramen magnum on the
bottom of
the skull to explore the skull cavity. The "thinning" of the occipital
bone is normal and exaggerated by the tilt of the head when the X-ray
was
taken, this applies also to the suspected "calcified membrane," which
was taken by Brier as evidence that the pharaoh had not died suddenly.
Thus the
side view of the skull X-ray, which can be found in books around the
world, is
normal. Detailed explanations of the findings, which have been so
puzzling, are
now being prepared by us for a presentation to the medical community.
So much
for the "groundbreaking evidence" and the "motive for
murder," the video tells the world about.
What can be learned from this adventure in science fiction? The first
lesson is
that persistence pays off even if it takes 15 years to see some X-rays.
The
second is that what you get afterwards may not be what you had
expected, and
the third that you cannot trust what you are being told on TV even from
respected programs which masquerade under the name of History or
Discovery. All
the producers want is ratings which translate into money and that is
what makes
the world go round. By the way I was asked by a friend if they had paid
me for
my performance. Yes they did. I received $300. But Grey and I paid
afterwards
for dinner at an upscale French Restaurant where the entire party of
about
eight people was invited. Since Rich Boyer had to leave immediately
after his
interview he did not receive his $300. I, therefore, gave him half of
my
"honorarium," which he was loathe to take but I felt guilty and
forced it on him anyway. He has a great many more children than I do,
gets only
a meager salary from the hospital, and he can use every penny he so
richly
deserves.
It is obvious that this saga is far from over. Tutankhamen's death will
continue to give rise to further speculations and a new book which
supposedly claims
that he had hit his head against the throne during an epileptic seizure
is to
become available in November. It is, therefore, abundantly clear that
the
meager medical evidence has been distorted to such a degree that I
might even
write a book of my own. I would not only critically examine each one of
the
numerous theories that have been proposed and point out their
shortcomings, but
also discuss how and why the conclusions, which dot the literature,
were
arrived at. This aspect would actually be the most important one
because the
methods by which people are led to believe what they believe have
general
validity and clearly transcend the fate of Tutankhamen.
November 1, 2002
ISRAEL THE FIFTY-FIRST STATE
This installment may be unsettling for some but
please have
patience, curb your emotions and read carefully. It is important if one
wants
to understand America's Foreign Policy and get a
glimpse of
the possible future. Please note that whenever bold print appears in
direct
quotations it has been added for emphasis.
In the October 25, 2002 issue of The International Jerusalem Post
Shmuley
Boteach who is identified as "a rabbi and best selling author,
who hosts a daily talk radio show syndicated across the United States" wrote
on the Opinion page a lengthy article entitled "Add Israel's
star
to the Union." The accompanying picture features the U.S. flag
with a large six point star in the place of honor leading all the other
smaller
five point ones. Lest one might get paranoid and presume that the
artist meant
this to be the final design of our national flag he placed it on a
rather
barren stretch of beach at the edge of a body of water, which probably
symbolizes the Mediterranean, and with a small hill in the distance.
One can
assume, therefore, that it was meant to represent the 51st
state's flag
rather than our national one. On the other hand the addition of the
Star of
David to Old Glory is not new because Goldberg's book Jewish Power
carries it on the dust jacket although, as a late arrival, it is placed
slightly below the last of the ones we are familiar with.
In case one might think that the author is merely making a Jonathan
Swift type
"Modest Proposal" it behooves one to read the article carefully
because the rabbi details the benefits which would accrue from this
idea not
only to Israel but to the United States as well. The argument proceeds
as
follows:
Americans are now, as a result of the September 11 attack, in the same
situation that Israel has been all along. The rest of the world no
longer has
sympathy for America but the country is regarded
as
arrogant and throwing its weight around, an idea that Jews are
thoroughly familiar with. When America is being accused of trying to
take over
the world, has this not happened to the Jews also? “Jews have been
decried as
condescending to the rest of the world with their trumped-up claim of
being
'the chosen people,' just as America is now condemned for harboring a
holier-than-thou attitude to the world's nations, who are not prepared
to weed
out evil terrorists." The author goes on to say that “Now that the Americans
have become the Jews of the world, I propose
formalizing the
arrangement by making Israel the 51st state in the Union."
This act would immediately solve a number of problems for the Jewish
state
Rabbi Boteach believes. Although Israel has currently the means “to
destroy the
Palestinian terrorist infrastructure and exile Überterrorist
Yasser
Arafat" it is prevented from doing so by international pressure via the
U.S.:
”And so Israel straddles the line. It proceeds with limited actions,
after
which Bush, under intense pressure from American allies, puts in a call
to
Ariel Sharon and Israeli troops have to pull back - until another group
of
Israeli civilians are killed.
This problem would obviously be solved, by statehood because once
Israelis are American citizens any attack on them anywhere would be an
attack
against America.
Then it would be absurd for Bush to be pressured by other world leaders
to curb
the military response. Israeli-turned-American commando units would
finally go
in and remove Arafat's terror regime once and for all, just as the US
changed
regimes in Afghanistan.”
What does America get out of this arrangement? The
author's
answer is equally simple: America needs a permanent base in
the
troublesome Middle East, which is a spawning ground of
terrorists.
America would immediately acquire "a crack
military that is highly experienced in fighting terror.
America would
also be able to watch over the Middle Eastern oil fields,
on
which it is so dependent, from very close range."
For those Jews who feel it would "be crazy" to give up their homeland
which they have been struggling to get for 2000 years, the rabbi
advises
"a reality check." Israel will never be safe because:
"Let's call a spade a spade. The Arabs will only ever be satisfied when
Israel is pushed into the sea, and without an American green light to
get rid
of the Palestinian terrocracy [sic], we cannot be entirely sure that
there will
even be an Israel, God forbid, in a decade. That is, unless Israel
becomes an
American state."
So far so good but how about the Jewish character of the 51st
state? Won't that be a problem? Not
at all
the author reassures us and points to my home state of Utah
as
the splendid example. Three Cheers! Now Utahns can
really be
happy: we had a banner year! In February we hosted the Olympics, which
indeed
went superbly well, in October the world was informed that we have
brilliant
detective profilers who can solve a crime, which may or may not have
been
committed three and a half thousand years ago (see previous
installment), and
now we are the model for a prospective 51st state. In Utah,
the
rabbi writes:
"the Mormons basically have their own state, maintaining cohesiveness
and
a strong religious identity while being patriotic members of the larger
American republic. In fact, they enjoy the best of both worlds.
Their schools are funded by the state, yet attached to every public
school is a
Mormon religious school, funded by the Church, where pupils go as soon
as
classes are over."
I am not telepathic but I can hear the Prophet, Seer and Revelator of
the
Church, President Gordon B. Hinckley, quietly say to this picture of
Utah
"Lord, wouldn't it be nice if it were so! We'd surely save ourselves a
lot
of legal fees for suits brought against us!" But let us continue with
the
rabbi's views a little longer before I shall proceed with my own
reality check
in regard to the Utah fantasy. The rabbi also sees enormous
financial
benefits for the U.S. as well as Israel. No longer will the
Israeli
economy have to struggle because "federal dollars being put to
education
and defense would come in very handy.":
"The US is already pouring billions of dollars into Israel in foreign
aid
each year, and millions more private citizens, a large part of them
fundamentalist Christians, support Israel. Why not change all this and
make it
tax dollars instead?
While the idea of turning Israel into the 51st state might
strike
some as crazy, to me it is self-evident. The US and Israel are both
democratic
nations. Both are deeply religious, founded on the Judeo-Christian
ethic. They
are united in their fight against terror, and are increasingly loathed
by the
world for acting to defend themselves against unrepentant murderers.
Both
require peace in the Middle East as their foremost foreign policy
goals.
Finally, both already have lots and lots of Jews.
For two centuries America has been seen by oppressed immigrants
the
world over as a 'promised land.' Why not have America acquire the real
thing
and make it official?"
After having read this article I was still not quite sure: Does the
author
really mean every word he says or is he talking tongue in cheek? But it
doesn't
really matter what I think because I am certain that there will be a
great
number of people who will take him at his word and will either applaud
or exude
venom. Let us do neither and proceed instead with our God-given
intellect
rather than reacting emotionally.
This is necessary because it would not be
justified to
regard the author simply as a crazy dreamer whose views are so
outlandish that they need not be listened to. When Herzl
proposed his
Jewish state in 1896, everybody regarded him as crazy. He knew
it, but
he wasn't concerned about the "Wadlbeisser" as he called his
detractors, of which there were many. The term is a typical Viennese
expression
for which no English equivalent exists. It refers to those nasty little
dogs
that pester you and try to bite your calves while you are out for a
walk or
bike ride. Zionism was regarded as dangerous nonsense
by
the Viennese Jewish community. Herzl's bosses, Benedickt and
Bacher,
at the Neue Freie Presse, which might be regarded as the
equivalent of
the New York Times or Washington Post of that era,
forbade
him to write articles on Zionism in their paper. His diary entry of
September
3, 1897 can serve as an example of how dreams can become reality:
"If I condense the Basel Congress into a single statement - which I
shall
be very careful not to say openly - it is this: In Basel I have founded
the Judenstaat
[there is disagreement whether the term should be translated into
"Jewish
State," or "State for the Jews," both translations are
feasible]. If I were to say this out loud today I would be answered by
universal
laughter."
It took fifty years and two World Wars but persistence paid off. Another
dreamer whose time eventually came was Eliezer ben
Yehuda,
who was born during 1857 in Latvia as Eliezer Perlman, also spelled
Perelman at
times. While Herzl had insisted that "we can't all be expected to learn
Hebrew," that was indeed ben Yehuda's goal. At the end of the
nineteenth
century Hebrew was the equivalent of Latin, spoken only in religious
services
or by scholars. Ben Yehuda realized that one can't have a common
country
without a common language and he started by using only Hebrew
in his
daily communications with his family. He pushed the idea so
vigorously
that eventually the language became officially recognized in
Palestine,
along with Arabic and English, during the British Mandate period.
Let us not laugh at dreamers, therefore, but examine
realistically the premises and logic of Rabbi Boteach's suggestion.
While some
Israeli's may well jump at the idea others are bound to be reluctant
because
it's nicer to be a big fish in a small pond rather than a little fish
in a big
pond. Sovereignty suits them just fine. Furthermore, any attempt to buy
yourself "security" by amalgamation in a larger entity, which is
highly diverse, and at the same time not integrate but insist on your
separateness is a highly dubious enterprise.
Apart from these aspects there are three catchphrases
in the
article which need to be discussed. These are: Israel is a
democracy,
the Judeo-Christian ethic, and the facts about Utah.
Yes, Israel is a democracy in name, but by
Jews and
for Jews. The country has no
Constitution!
A constitution was promised in the Declaration of Independence in 1948
but
never enacted. The government runs on a Basic Law which in turn is
derived from
Emergency Decrees by the British. Over the years some of them have been
made
progressively more stringent in regard to people who might want to
dissent from
government policies for whatever reason. Although Palestinian Arabs,
who are
Israeli citizens within the 1967 borders, have the right to vote, they
are
discriminated against when it comes to any other legitimate aspiration
they
might have. Even such simple things as adding a room to your house can
get
stalled in bureaucratic hassles. To equate Israeli-type
democracy with
American democracy is a propaganda ploy devoid of reality. Let
us not
forget the purpose of the state. It was founded as a home for Jews and
non-Jews
are, therefore, not particularly welcome except as visitors.
If the rabbi's suggestion were
to
become reality some Israeli Jews might not be very pleased because a
Constitution which guarantees equal rights to the Arab Palestinians
would have
to be enacted. All of the four million or so Muslims (which
includes
those living in the West Bank and Gaza who can't all be eradicated as
part of
the "terrorist infrastructure") with their higher birth rates would
have at long last their voices heard and Jewish dominance over
the Holy
Land would come to an end. The rule of law would no longer be
promulgated and enforced exclusively from Zion but also from
Washington.
The Palestinian people, especially in the occupied
territories, on the
other hand, might experience it as a God-send. At long last
they would
have recourse to law courts, there would be a Constitution which grants
them
equal rights, demolitions of their homes and orchards would cease and
so would
the "security arrangements" consisting of curfews and massive
restriction of movement. Furthermore, the 51st state would
obviously
be open to indiscriminate immigration. Not only would the expelled
Palestinians
descend upon this state but so would other diverse non-Jewish groups
who might
want to build another Mediterranean Monaco. What the rabbi is
really
suggesting, apparently without realizing it, is a repeat of the Jews
inviting
Rome to take over their country because they had not been able to
govern
themselves! I have dealt with this historical fact in Whither
Zionism? last year.
The second point is the "Judeo-Christian ethic,"
"heritage," or "tradition" as it is also commonly
referred to. Readers of this website and some of my other publications
know
that I have strong objections to this term. It is inherently
faulty
because it amalgamates Christianity with Judaism and obscures the
essential
differences between the two religions. I have written two
books about
the problem, The Moses Legacy: Roots of Jewish Suffering and A
Jesus for Our Time. Both are still looking for publishers and my
hopes are
growing dimmer by the day, as rejections keep dribbling in. Serious
ideas that
deserve to be discussed in an intelligent, rather than facetious, way
are not
in demand in today's publishing industry which is nearly exclusively
devoted to
the proverbial bottom line.
If the term Judeo-Christian ethic were used simply to denote that
Christianity
arose from Judaism, or that we share the Ten Commandments, there would
be no
problem. But when the two religions are equated for political purposes
I have
to object. The Old Testament is not the book by which I want to live my
life,
although this is currently a minority view. Nevertheless, for
a
Christian the role model is not necessarily Moses but Jesus, and his
message
gets shortchanged when we talk about the "Judeo-Christian ethic." America
used to call itself a Christian country but this is no longer
politically
correct.
Why do I disagree with the
Old
Testament or the Written Torah as Jews call it? Because it contains a
basic
premise which I cannot in good conscience subscribe to. If
the
original premise is amiss so will be all subsequent actions which flow
from it.
Let me explain. In Genesis Chapter 1 verse 26 of the
Bible we
can read:
"And God said: 'Let us make man in our image, after our likeness; and
let
them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the
air, and
over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing
that
creepeth upon the earth.'"
The quote comes from the Socino Chumash translation of the
Torah. The key
word here is dominion! Man is to be the
ruler and
exploiter of the earth's natural resources. The word was used again in
verse 28
where God is quoted as saying to Adam:
“‘Be fruitful and multiply, and replenish the earth, and subdue
it;
and have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over
the fowl
of the air, and over every living thing that creepeth upon the earth.'"
The medieval commentator Sforno (Obadiah Ben Jacob Sforno c.1475-1550)
explained "to have dominion" in a footnote. “Ensnare them by nets and
snares and compel them to serve you.” Thus,
the model
which this view of the world provides is one of dominance by
the
stronger over the weaker. That this applies also to human
beings is
made explicit in verse 16 of chapter III where the Lord God said to
Eve,
"'. . . thy desire shall be to thy husband, and he shall
rule over thee.'" Instead of mutual cooperation there
is
to be force which soon was extended to political action. Moses
ordered conquest and those who were not part of the "chosen
people" had to have their altars overthrown and their
idols
smashed. This ethnocentric position which shows no
regard for
the traditions and aspirations of others is also the "heritage" left
by Moses. It has precious little to do with what Jesus taught and this
is why I
oppose the term Judeo-Christian ethic, heritage, or tradition, when it
is used
for political purposes.
Now to the idea that Utah could be the model
for a
Jewish 51st state. What the rabbi said about Utah
is in
part true, but what is more important is what has been left out. Utah
does have a constitution which guarantees equal rights to all
citizens. As a matter of fact the church-state separation
criteria are
considerably more detailed and stringent than on the federal level.
Although about 85 per cent of the legislators are Mormons and it is
difficult
to get legislation passed which is not approved by the LDS church,
there is a
recourse. Initiatives can be put on the ballot and the press is free.
Salt Lake
City's major newspaper The Salt Lake Tribune publishes all
opinions.
The letters to the editor are an excellent example of the diversity of
feelings
expressed by this supposedly homogeneous population. The
church, when
it comes to civil actions, does not nearly have the same power as the
religious
parties in Israel for instance. Let me give two examples.
A few years ago a "secular" Jewish student objected to
the school choir singing at High School graduation the song
"Friends." It had been a long standing tradition, but she
insisted that the song violates the mandated separation of Church and
State
because it contained the word "God!" The students
were forbidden to sing it and when they did so anyway, they were
severely
disciplined! As I said in a previous installment God is
officially
"unerwünscht," even in
Mormonland. Events
of this type do not foster religious harmony, but more importantly they
show
that the LDS church caves in when it comes to church-state matters.
The second example is the current legal controversy over an
easement on
Salt Lake City's Main Street adjacent to the Temple
plaza.
The property had been bought from the city by the Church to provide a
park-like
area around the Temple grounds where visitors would be sheltered from
the
hustle and bustle of traffic. Although the easement, which allows
pedestrian
traffic to flow along Main Street, is now private property, it has been
used by
some malcontents to express their opinions against the Church quite
vociferously thereby vitiating the intended purpose. When they were
politely
removed from what the Church regarded as its property the case was
placed
before the courts under the free speech amendment to the Constitution.
It is
being litigated right now before the appeals court which is
not in Salt
Lake but in Denver, Colorado. Ergo, although the LDS church
clearly
has some power in our state it is limited and in no way parallels that
of the
religious parties which sit in the Knesset.
There is another important difference between Utah and Israel.
When the first group of settlers arrived here during the summer of
1847, Brigham
Young wisely decided not to interfere with the tribal customs of the
natives.
He told his flock that it was much better to trade with the
Indians
than to kill them. This policy of tolerance, which was in
complete
contrast with what happened in other parts of the West, where the
"Indian
Wars" raged, paid off and the state has never experienced racial
upheavals. The only mass killing which did occur was in
1857. A group of emigrants from Arkansas on their way to
California
had behaved obnoxiously during their trek through what is now referred
to as
the "Crossroads of the West." They were subsequently murdered in
southern Utah by a band of Mormon militia and some local Indians. This Mountain
Meadows Massacre, as it is called, was a very unfortunate
event which
still spawns ever so often a spate of books. But it ought to
be seen
within the context of the then existing tensions due to what is
officially
called the "Utah expedition" but locally the "Utah
Invasion." President Buchanan had
dispatched
2500 regular troops, plus auxiliaries, to Utah because
the
Mormons had a theocracy, did not subscribe to the dictum that "the only
good Indian is a dead Indian" and they also adhered to the Jewish
patriarchal custom of "plural wives." The Union tolerated
that men may have several wives in succession via divorce, but not
simultaneously. This "peculiar institution," as it was called, had to
be stamped out. Nevertheless, one can say in retrospect that if
the
Jewish settlers in the early decades of the twentieth century had been
guided
by the Brigham Young principle how to deal with the locals, the entire
history
of the Jewish state including its current dire straits might have been
different. Their Zion might have become as secure as ours is.
But even if we leave all these points aside the proposal,
if
it were adopted, contains another fatal flaw
which
would lead within a relatively short time to a disaster for the Jewish
people
in the U.S. and abroad. Herzl wrote in his Der
Judenstaat,
"The Jewish question exists wherever Jews live in considerable
numbers. Where it does not it is brought along [eingeschleppt]
by immigrating Jews." This was true in 1896, was proven
subsequently true in Palestine, and is likely to remain true in the
future.
There is already considerable concern in the America's Jewish community
about a
steady rise in anti-Semitism. This is bound to
increase if the
country were now to officially adopt Jewish goals as its own.
It might
not take very long before the cry "America Awaken," in analogy to Deutschland
Erwache, will no longer be uttered by fringe groups but enter the
mainstream. This is all the more likely because terrorist
attacks
against us, for which there can never be adequate security
unless one
creates a police state á la Hitler or Stalin, are going
to mushroom.
Protest political parties are already on the horizon because neither
the
Republicans nor the Democrats are seen any longer as the true
representatives
of the people at large. This is documented by the fact that slightly
less than
half of the people voted in the last election. Radical populists are
bound to
arise, and with them civil strife. Is this what the rabbi wants for his
people?
He probably does not, but this is what he will get. It may not come in
my
lifetime but come it will because whenever minorities try to force
their
opinions on the majority a backlash ensues. It's a law of life and
anybody who
ignores it will suffer the consequences.
But Rabbi Boteach is no mere dreamer. His
article needs
to be seen in the context of the news reports in the same issue of the
Jerusalem Post. On page 2 under Diplomacy with the subheading Entente
Cordiale we see a large picture of our smiling President and
behind
him a smaller one with an equally happy Ariel Sharon. One might be
tempted to
jump to the conclusion that he represents the power behind the throne,
but I
shall refrain from yielding to it. What is more important is the text
of the
article where we are assured that the recent meeting between
Bush and
Sharon in the White House had gone exceedingly well. “‘It was
an
excellent visit, perhaps the best so far' a senior official
said." In regard to the upcoming Iraq war, "last
week's talks consisted of 'deep strategic coordination'
that
will be necessary in any war, an Israeli official said." So this is
what
the meeting was really all about and as usual the American people who
pay the
bills are not allowed to be privy to what's going on in their name.
“Both US
and Israeli officials are reluctant to detail that coordination,
which
will include early warning of a US offensive." Obviously!
The term entente cordiale is
especially ominous because it recalls the real cause of WWI; secrecy
for the
sake of "national security!" The details of
the alliance between Great Britain and France were hidden
not
only from the public but even from the British cabinet!
This
"understanding," between the general staffs of the two countries, obligated
the British fleet to guard the
North Sea and
the Atlantic, while the French deployed their fleet in the Mediterranean.
It was this agreement which forced Britain
into the
war with Germany. Violation of Belgium neutrality
was
good for public consumption but was not
the reason. The Germans never understood that any attack on
France,
which in turn was allied with Russia, would automatically involve
England and
thereby ignite a world war. The documentation for these statements can
be found
in the book How Diplomats Make War. On page 52
Francis
Neilson, the author, who was Member of Parliament from 1910-1915 wrote:
"A neutral's hands must be free . . . . There can be
no
impartiality where the policy of a country is fettered by secret
understandings. The phrase 'foreign friendships,'
used so
often of late, is in itself an indictment; and
in connection with France proves how absurd our position as a
so-called
neutral power was all through the negotiations since the murder of the
Austrian
archduke."
This was written in 1915 at which time it had become
obvious that
this fratricidal war was the greatest mistake Europe had made in its
long
history. Our current so-called friendship with Israel, which I
have
discussed in Whither Zionism?, and
now the Entente
Cordiale are a prescription for catastrophe.
They tie
our hands and give a lie to our professed stance as "honest broker"
in the Israeli-Palestinian war. Thus the rabbi is not just
dreaming he
has solid grounds for his suggestion and the final paragraph of the Entente
Cordiale article is the clincher:
"Daschle [our democratic Senate Majority leader] said
that when it comes to Israel, there are no Democrats or
Republicans,
'only Americans.' Sharon wished both parties good luck in the
November
5 elections."
Well here it is. The elections are just about as useful in
regard to
foreign policy as the one recently held by Saddam. As far as
Iraq is
concerned, Congress has abdicated, the three
important
dissenting voices in the UN Security Council: France,
Russia
and China, will be browbeaten or bribed so as not to
cast a
veto and at least abstain from any resolution which might limit George
W.'s
power to go to war. The Ides of October have passed, but
aufgeschoben ist nicht aufgehoben (postponed doesn't
mean
abandoned) as the German proverb says and the war is
still
on the docket for January. As Gwynne Dyer so
accurately remarked in a Tribune article this week "a December
attack could undermine the Christmas retail binge." That
Christmas was supposed to make us reflect on the birth of the "Prince
of
Peace" has, of course, become a fantasy a long time ago.
Since I had never heard of Rabbi Boteach
before, I
looked him up on the Internet and complete
information is available via "Google" by simply typing his name. The
short biography on Beliefnet.com to which he is a frequent contributor
is
informative, but even more so is the longer one by the Harry Walker
Agency.
Both sites are worth visiting if one wants to put his Jerusalem Post
article in
perspective. In order give the reader a brief overview I am quoting
here the
introduction from Beliefnet.com:
"Rabbi Shmuley Boteach is the director of the
L'Chaim society, a Jewish education organization that hosts
world figures and statesmen lecturing on values-based leadership.
He
is also cofounder, with Michael Jackson, of Heal
the
Kids, an initiative to encourage adults to reprioritize
children. He
is the author of a number of books, including 'Kosher
Sex: A Recipe for Passion and Intimacy,' 'Dating Secrets of the Ten
Commandments,' and most recently, 'Why Can't I Fall in Love.'
A winner
of the annual 'preacher of the year' contest sponsored by the Times of
London,
he was formerly rabbi of Oxford University."
My non-bilingual German and Austrian friends will be pleased to hear
that
"Kosher Sex" has been translated into their native language.
Knowing what I now know about the rabbi, who has
also
been described as "a world-famous thinker," I am still
puzzled: did he write in jest or did he mean what he said? You, the
reader,
will have to decide, but the "Entente Cordiale" article is
definitely a deadly serious piece of news. It should not be allowed to
go
unchallenged if the American people want to retain their freedom of
action in
foreign affairs and avoid a potential WWIII.
Let me conclude now with a personal note to
the rabbi.
Dear Rabbi Boteach:
You have been called "a world-famous thinker." Please think
again about your proposal. As mentioned above, I was not sure
why you
had written it but on further reflection I believe that you might have
done so
in order to "test the water." If this was indeed the case I would
like to assure you that you have stepped into Lake Superior and it is
urgent to
get out immediately. No one survives in it for any length of time. Your
premise that Americans have become "the Jews of the world" is
mistaken. Americans are not "loathed" all over the
world, only some aspects of our foreign policy are.
Please do not equate the people with a handful of politicians, that was
a Nazi
ploy, and please abstain from remaking us in
your
image. No good can come from this effort, only bloodshed.
Furthermore,
please inform those of your co-religionists both here and in Israel that
attempts to turn the clock back 3000 years to biblical times cannot
produce
peace but only perpetual war, to the detriment of all of us.
It is time to abandon the conquest and "dominion" model,
technology has become too dangerous. Hate has to be removed step by
step rather
than fostered. There are no quick fixes and we
have to
learn to work on the Lord's time table instead of ours. If we
want to
have peace we will have to make a genuine effort to first open our
hearts and
minds to those who disagree with us and then jointly work towards
mutually
satisfactory solutions. It is the only way to save the world from
catastrophe. In
regard to the Holy Land I can think of no better
advice
than the one given by the Buddha
to his followers twenty five hundred years ago, "Don't repel
each
other, like oil and water; but mingle like milk and water."
Regardless
of what happens in the near future, in the long run the two
sons of
Abraham will have to live together and it should be
America's
role, and especially that of American Jews, to help them do so.
Please
feel free to contact me so that we can discuss this - literally -
deadly
serious problem further.
Sincerely yours,
Ernst Rodin MD
December 1, 2002
WANTED: GOOD JUDGMENT!
The week of November 3-9 was surely a
highlight
in our President's life. On November 5 the country
gave him control
of both houses of Congress and on November 8 the UN
Security
Council passed unanimously a resolution to
force UN
inspectors on a reluctant Iraq. The carrot and stick approach as
outlined in
the previous installment worked. Apparently the administration promised
Putin
free hand in Chechnya, trade concessions to the Chinese, and the
Syrians would
have received the stick had they not "played ball."
The question now is: what will our President do with all this
power
which has been bestowed upon him? The measure of his character will
become
apparent in the next few months. By March we will know whether
the
mentioned week was one highlight or a watershed, and the zenith of his
achievements. Judging by the rumblings emanating from Washington it
seems that
our President is intent on a war with Iraq, come what may. Plan
A the
October 15 "surprise" air drop attack was shelved
as too risky, and as it turned out it wasn't necessary anyway. Now
it's
on to Plan B. This seems to combine Plan A
with initial
bombing, ground invasion and generous bribes of local Iraqi opposition
leaders.
It had worked after all in
Afghanistan,
so why wouldn't it work in Iraq? seems to be the
logic.
But has it worked in Afghanistan? On
September
14, 2001 three days after the tragedy, I sent a brief
article
to the Salt Lake Tribune entitled "Justice or Revenge?"
In it I strongly argued for the former and against the latter. I wrote
"Let us assume, for the sake of argument, that we
obliterate the Taliban regime will that be the end of terrorism? Of
course not.
Fanatics are simply going to move to another 'rogue state' and in
addition
destabilize those regimes in the Middle East which are currently
friendly to
the U.S.
Furthermore, bin Laden's demise will not automatically create
'peace on
earth, good will to men.' There are enough drug lords with
'deep
pockets' who can support any number of groups who carry a grudge
against the
United States. To start a war is easy to end one is difficult
as Lyndon Johnson found out in Vietnam."
I also argued that the causes and not only
the
symptoms must be treated and one of them surely is the
unresolved
Israeli-Palestinian disaster. While clearly not the only cause, our
unconditional support of the Likud government and its repressive
policies in
the occupied territories are certainly a contributory factor for the
hatred
some Arabs feel against our government. I counseled reason which
punishes the
perpetrators of the 9/11 disaster while we address at the same time
legitimate
grievances others might have against our policies. Since this type of
argument
ran against the grain of prevailing passions the article was never
published.
Little did I know that this proposed program never had a ghost
of a
chance as the recent book by Bob Woodward Bush
at War clearly demonstrates. Anyone who still harbors
any
illusions about how our government really functions should read this
book.
Even on September 11 Bush had already accepted the premise that the
al-Qaeda
attack was an act of war which can only be responded to by massive
military
retaliation. Limited strikes against the perpetrators combined with
patient
police work to uncover terrorist cells around the world were never
regarded as
an option. Patience is not yet an American virtue. Immediate and
spectacular
action was demanded by the President. The idea was that we wouldn't do
it
"like the Soviets," going in with massive ground forces, but we'd use
our air power and let the locals do the fighting. To this end "Gary,"
our highest level CIA clandestine operations chief was dispatched to
the
Northern Alliance in Afghanistan on September 19 with a select group of
"special ops" and a suitcase containing $3 Million in $100
denominations. He liberally dispensed the cash among the warlords as a
down
payment with another $10 Million to follow. They could use the money
any way
they pleased and he also promised them the blue from the sky how we
would
subsequently rebuild their country on a lavish scale.
As we all know Phase I worked superbly well but we
are
now in Phase II which is, somewhat similar
to
the situation the Soviets found themselves in 1979. The Afghan
government, which they supported, had lost control of the countryside
to the
mujahadeen who thoroughly detested the atheistic practices of the
Soviet style
regime and wanted to establish an Islamic republic. Once the USSR
invaded the
country, the CIA sprang into action with money and equipment. The rest,
as the
say, is history including the creation of our erstwhile friend Osama.
Now fast forward to the end of 2002. We have a friendly
government in
Kabul but Karzai, the President, requires American bodyguards
because
he can't trust his own people to protect him. Although the countryside
is not
yet in open rebellion, the Americans are not seen as liberators but as
another
materialistic culture which exploits the locals for their own gain.
Burqa or
veil is still the traditional garb for women; definitely outside Kabul
and to
some extent even in the capital. As a female Afghan Supreme
Court
Justice found out: democracy has limits.
When she
returned to her country after having been photographed at the
White
House with President Bush, without wearing a veil
she
was promptly sacked by her government. Afghanistan
is after all officially an Islamic State and the
Commission which
is to write a new constitution is headed by a judge who is in favor of sharia,
Islamic law. When a group of about 2000 students
recently
protested against their miserable living conditions in the
dorms (e.g.
broken windows, massive overcrowding, no heat, no electricity etc.),
they were
met with gun fire which killed three and wounded several
others. As
one student ruefully commented, "We thought
this
was a real democracy. We didn't know we could be killed for
demonstrating. Otherwise we wouldn't have done it."
Thus nation building, an idea our President
thoroughly
denounced while still a candidate
for office, is still not to his liking.
Our
resources instead of being used to build up what we helped smash are
being
diverted against Iraq. We are thus paving the way not only for
another
Afghanistan quagmire, but a similar one in Iraq when Saddam has been
successfully deposed. Apparently the idea is that we'll let
our allies
pick up the pieces afterwards.
The average person keeps asking oneself: why this obsession
with Iraq?
It not only threatens to ruin any hope we may have for rebuilding
Afghanistan
in the near future, but is also bound to destabilize the Mid-East. This
is
where Bob Woodward's book comes in again. Immediately after 9/11 Bush
was urged
to go not only after the Taliban and Osama who is referred to in
Washington
circles as UBL (first name Usama) but also Saddam Hussein. Bush
correctly
resisted because he feared that this loss of focus might not resonate
with the
American people. He wanted first UBL's head. After
that was
done and the Taliban were finished it would be Iraq's turn.
This
decision was already made in the first two weeks after 9/11.
The order
to go after UBL's head was taken literally, if we can trust Bob
Woodward. Cofer
Black, the CIA's Director of the Counterterrorism Center ordered
advance team
chief Gary with his $3 million suitcase to bring him bin Laden's "head
in
a box." When Gary was surprised because this violated the rules the CIA
had been operating under and questioned the order, he was told by
Black,
"I want to take it down and show the president." Woodward continues
that when Gary signaled the team's safe arrival in Afghanistan "mindful
of
Cofer Black's request about bin Laden's head, he added a line to the
cable requesting
some heavy-duty cardboard boxes and dry ice, and if possible some
pikes."
Is that really how our highest level administrators see their jobs or
did
Woodward fall for a joke that was played on him? We don't know, of
course, but
what is not a joke is that our buildup in the Gulf
for the
upcoming war with Iraq proceeds according to the Afghan model
and we are buying ourselves now an Iraqi opposition army of
Kurds.
But the army we are buying ourselves is not wanted by other
Iraqis
and our latest opposition leader beneficiary is, according to the
Christian
Science Monitor, the ex-General Secretary of the Iraqi Communist Party,
Ballahadeen Nouri. Never mind, that ordinary Iraqis neither trust him
nor any
other opposition leader. Marching on we must because our
Commander in
Chief says so and as Woodward wrote: his decisions are not to
be
questioned. As he told Woodward personally, “‘I’m not a textbook
player. I'm
a gut player.' “He also stated, “‘I’m the commander - see, I
don't
need to explain - I do not need to explain why I say things.
That's the interesting thing about being the president. Maybe somebody
needs to
explain to me why they say something, but I don't feel like I
owe
anybody an explanation.'"
Well, I guess that attitude seems to take care of the Gettysburg
address.
"Government of the people, by the people, for the people" may become
obsolete as we enter the era of unending war against terrorism and
"Homeland Security." The measures designed to "protect us,"
and which are already on the books, will give the government unfettered
access
to complete information about our private lives. Lady Liberty may soon
wonder
about what has happened to the country whose entrance she guards.
It is reasonable to ask now who this President we elected 2
years ago
is. Chris Matthew's recent book American
presents us with a quote of candidate George
W. Bush
from December 1999, "Let us reject the
blinders
of isolationism, just as we have refused
the
crown of empire. Let us not dominate others with
our power or betray them with our indifference.
And let
us have an American foreign policy
that
reflects American character. The modesty of true strength. The humility
of real
greatness." Is that the President we have now?
It seems that during the run-up for election Mr. Bush wasn't quite sure
what he
would do with his presidency if he won, but 9/11 gave him an
opportunity which
is now being relentlessly exploited. He decided right
then and
there that he would be "a war time president" and
this would be the all consuming direction of his administration. The
war is
limitless and will stretch even beyond his term. I guess the speech
writer who
was responsible for the above cited quote is out of a job now.
Since the President seems determined to have his war
it'll
only need the pretext, as mentioned in previous
installments.
This can be readily manufactured because on the one hand the conditions
imposed
on Saddam are sufficiently stringent that any minor breach of
compliance can be exploited and on the other hand the "no
fly zones" are ready made for excuses not only to bomb but to create
incidents when needed. We in the U.S. have accepted the "no
fly
zones" as our right conferred upon us by the UN Security council.
Little
do most of us realize that this was supposed to have been a temporary
arrangement in 1991 for humanitarian reasons. They were intended to
prevent Saddam
from punishing the Shiite rebels in the south and the Kurds in the
north, when
his regime was threatened in the aftermath of the first Gulf war. That
has, of
course, fallen by the wayside a long time ago and we, jointly with the
Brits,
are now happily bombing air defense installations in preparation for
the
upcoming war. This one will, of course, also be fought for humanity's
sake
because the "monster" and "madman"
who has WMDs and has gassed his own people
must be eliminated. That our money bought him the gas and that the
Reagan
administration was not averse to Saddam's use of it against the
Iranians and
their allies the Kurds in the Iran-Iraq war must not be remembered.
Neither
should we remember that the icon of the 20th century, Winston
Churchill, also had no compunction about advocating
the gassing of people, although he was in favor of
non-lethal
agents. Geoff Simon quotes Churchill in Iraq: >From Sumer to
Saddam
as having said, "I do not understand this squeamishness about the use
of
gas. I am strongly in favor of using poisoned gas against
uncivilised
tribes." This was at the time when the Kurds were in open
rebellion against the British Empire which had shouldered the "White
Man's
Burden" and was intent on bringing Western values to the dismembered
Ottoman Empire. Wing Commander Gale of RAF Squadron 30 in Iraq
is also quoted to have said after the bombing campaign, "If the
Kurds hadn't learned by our example to behave themselves in a civilised
way
then we had to spank their bottoms. This was done by bombs
and
guns." For the British Empire "to behave in a civilized way" was
"do as you are told" and forget about any aspirations of nationhood,
which had been implanted into their minds by our very own President
Wilson. The
British found out the hard way that their
type of
nation-building didn't work in the long run, either in
Afghanistan or
in Iraq, but Tony Blair is eager to forget the past
and hopes
that the U.S. will do better. That this hope is
hardly
justified by history and the currently existing facts doesn't
seem to bother the Bush-Blair "Axis of Good."
In the second paragraph I have mentioned that the next few months will
tell
what kind of a man George W. Bush really is. The jury is still out and
this is
why I have composed this little poem in the style of Aeschylus
To
Our King
George II
A bush
thou art,
Alas no tree.
Yet
Fortune lifted
thee
High
above all other
men.
Power
undreamed of
eons before
Is
yours; but not forever more.
Two
years, or maybe
six,
And
you'll return to
Texan sticks.
What
deeds you do in
this allotted span;
The
choices made,
for good or ill of man,
Are
yours alone, with no one else to blame.
Let,
therefore, this
your warning be:
Brute
force does
serve expediency;
Yet in
its wake the
victimized
Will
shout for vengeance; always highly prized.
Unless
obstinacy
does to wisdom yield,
And
friendly
counsels rule the field,
The
seeds you sow no
good will bring.
And of
your downfall
future bards will sing.
January 1, 2003
DECONSTRUCTING AMERICA
This time of year usually leads one to look back
as well as
forward. We want to know how we got where we are and what the likely
near
future will be. But Americans tend to have a short memory.
This is why George Bush I, for instance, could
confidently
talk about creating a "New World Order,” a course
which
his son is now eagerly pursuing, because Dad had supposedly left the
job unfinished.
Only those of my generation who have lived in Europe know and remember
that Neue
Ordnung was the slogan under which Hitler fought
his WWII
and pursued the extermination of Jews. He was actually more modest than
Bush
father and son, because he limited his announced efforts to Europe. Europeans
who have experienced the disaster which Wilson's
evangelism has foisted on the world are also highly
dubious of
the results the new Wilsonianism, which currently emanates
from
Washington, will bring.
When I look back at the country I came to in the late summer
of 1950
and compare it with the winter of 2002-2003 I hardly recognize it now.
Nobody forced me to come; I did so exercising my free will and
volunteered to
become a U.S. citizen. I saw goodness, a spirit of
cooperation,
willingness to help and kindness to the stranger. That was the
country
I wanted to live in. But I also saw New York. Although
the skyscrapers
were imposing so were the drunks sleeping on the
sidewalk
right off 34th Street and Fifth Avenue. The jostling
and
rudeness of the pedestrians and cab drivers, the filth
of certain sections of Brooklyn and the Bronx also made me wonder what
was
going on and Goethe's words, "Wo viel Licht ist, ist viel
Schatten" came to mind. Indeed where there is a great deal
of
light there is also deep darkness. It wasn't that city life itself
repelled me,
because I had come from a big city, but it was the arrogance of "we are
the biggest and the best" by some of its inhabitants who thought that
when
they went across the Hudson into New Jersey they had gone slumming.
Just as I had to leave Stalin behind in Vienna there was the
determination this
is not for me, there had to be a better place. I found it first on
Staten
Island because, although a borough of NYC, it had a semi-rural
character in
those days. The real America, however, was
in
Minnesota and the rest of this vast country where people
didn't throw insults at each other but lived in peace with their
families and
neighbors. There was the opportunity to grow and develop. As
the Mayo
brothers, who had stamped out a world renowned medical center
in the
cornfields had said, "Here is an opportunity, what you do with
it
is up to you." That was the spirit and the challenge. You had
a
chance and no one else to blame for your under achievements. We had
different
opinions on a variety of subjects but didn't insist that our own was
the only
correct one. We addressed strangers by Mr., Mrs. and Miss. or whenever
appropriate by our academic titles. It wasn't snobbishness but in so
doing we
showed good manners and respect for each other. "Every Tom,
Dick
and Harry" was a byword if one wanted to refer to uneducated or nasty
people. God was a reality in people's lives and honesty a virtue. People
knew what the word "shame" meant. When Senator McCarthy
started slandering people his career was finished with one sentence by
the
defense counsel, "Senator have you no sense of decency left?"
Little did I know in 1950-51 that in New York I had seen the
future
and that there was no escaping from it. The "elites" of the
crooked axis: New York, Washington and California have imposed their
stamp on
the country and now the rest of the world is supposed to followed suit.
But what does this Western civilization, which we are defending really
look
like? Yes, I can still write and say what I do but one wonders how
long? The Homeland
Security Act and the Patriot Act may soon
regard opinions which dissent from the
"party
line," and there is no doubt that we have one, treasonous.
People are already afraid to openly discuss certain taboo
subjects.
You can revile God, slander the Catholic Church, teach sex in school
rather
than religion, question whether or not we ever did go to the moon, but
there is
one subject which remains holy and that is the Holocaust and
the safety
of the state of Israel. These have become
inextricably linked.
It wasn't always so.
I have two editions of the Encyclopedia Britannica.
The full
24 volume set of the 1960 edition and a CD
ROM of 1999. A comparison is instructive. In the full
set
neither the word Holocaust nor Auschwitz appears as a subject.
The persecution
and destruction of European Jewry is covered in one paragraph under
Hitler where it says, " in German-occupied Europe
between
4,500.000 and 5,500.000 had been killed by the end of the war
as the
only solution in Hitler's view to the Jewish 'problem.'(This
approximate total
is a compromise between the 6,000.000 quoted during the Nuremberg
trials and
the 4,500.000 later admitted by German sources). The sufferings of
other races
were only less when measured in numbers killed. Such barbarism was
indiscriminate, even where, as in the Ukraine, Hitler might have
encouraged
nationalist feelings to his own advantage." The 1999 CD
reports in
a long article devoted to the Holocaust that 5,700.000 were killed
and
there was no longer any reference to the suffering which had been
inflicted on
"other races." In the Auschwitz article the world is
now told that in this particular concentration camp estimates of death
"from all causes vary greatly, usually cited as between
1,000.000
and 2,500.000 but sometimes reaching 4,000.000." Yet, the November
25, 1947 edition of The New York Times stated
in a
report on the Cracow trial of Auschwitz KZ guards and officials that
they had
been responsible for the deaths of 300,000 prisoners.
Does it matter how many people were "really" killed? No, but what
does matter is that the more time elapses the larger the figures grow.
What is more
important, however, for people who live in
a
democracy and believe in the
freedom to
investigate historical events as objectively as possible is that the
Holocaust
is off-limits. In Europe there are laws against it
and one loses not only one's reputation but can be sent to jail even if
one
simply wants to scientifically examine the methods which were used in
the
perpetration of this crime. One may now say: Well, that's Europe. But
how long
will it be before such a law is being passed here? The leaders
of the
Jewish community seem to believe that by elevating and magnifying the
Holocaust,
and by stifling all dissent, the people of the world will
develop more compassion for Jews. This is unrealistic
because the policies of the current
government of the
state of Israel produce hatred rather than pity. America
is seen
as aiding and abetting these policies and, therefore, European
anti-Jewish sentiments will inevitably arise here also. The current
issue of Foreign
Affairs shows a picture of an antiwar demonstration in
Paris from
October 2002 where a somewhat morose looking young lady holds
up a
placard. It has a picture of Hitler, with his
familiar bullet
proof uniform cap, in the top center who says "grâce
à Sharon
& Bush ma reléve est assurée!" This
sentiment that
"thanks to Sharon and Bush my revival is assured" is unfortunately
not a fantasy and appeals to the Holocaust, or law suits will not
prevent it.
The extent to which the Bush administration is beholden
to the Sharon government is perhaps best exemplified by the
fact that Bush's
"road map to peace," which he touted during the fall, is
being kept secret and was not released to
the press
when Sharon expressed his displeasure. This does not go
unnoticed by
the rest of the world and it is only a matter of time till anti-Jewish
sentiments will spill over onto our shores. The policies of our
administration
make it inevitable. This is a tragedy and I am especially disappointed
because
I had put such high hopes on the Bush administration. I had voted for
the man
and was delighted when he was finally confirmed by the famous single
vote of
the Supreme Court. I had been deeply disenchanted with Clinton's
performance in
office and breathed a sigh of relief that now honesty and sanity seemed
to be
returning to Washington. I wrote and distributed Whither Zionism? in
the assumption that our politicians might benefit from a brief history
lesson
on the Middle East which was obviously the powder keg about to explode
further.
It was ignored and events proceeded from bad to worse. Prior to 9/11
our
president seemed singularly disinterested in foreign policy, until the
wake-up
call came. On September 11 he was confronted with a
choice between vengeance and justice. He chose
vengeance
and we have not yet seen the outcome of that decision. Let there be no
doubt,
Bush's reaction to Osama's challenge was not foreordained. It was a
deliberate,
conscious, but possibly impulsive choice. He announced that war had
been
declared on the United States and the rattlesnake motto,
"don't
tread on me" was invoked. Bush would show the world whom they
were dealing with. Are we rattlesnakes, or human beings?
When
one considers the size of our country and its economy, the 9/11 tragedy
can be
compared to a mosquito bite. Bush has elevated it into blood poisoning
with an
ever increasing drain on lives and resources.
In last month's installment I mentioned Bob Woodward's
statement that
Bush characterized himself as a "gut player." This
assessment was repeated in the current issue
of Time
magazine. In the article "Double-Edged Sword" the
relationship between Bush and his Vice President is discussed. "Bush
had the zeal to make the war on terrorism his mission; Cheney provided
the
theology. 'With
Bush,
it's all gut; its visceral,'a White House official says.'He hates
Saddam. He's
an evil guy who tried to assassinate his dad, and he's gonna get him...
'"
Do we have a Captain Ahab at the helm of our ship of state
who
will go after his white whale, come hell or high water? This
surely is
a chilling thought. His crew of Cheney, Rumsfeld and their supporters
keep cheering
him on and there is only the lonesome General Powell who is likely to
be swept
aside in the events of the next month.
Barring divine intervention the war with Iraq seems all but
inevitable.
Obviously the Lord has a number of options which range from helping
Iraqi
colonels assassinate Saddam, a massive devastating earthquake that
levels the
center of Washington and gets rid of all politicians, an invasion by
space
aliens and the like. But apart from the first one these seem rather
unlikely
and fate will take its course. At some point in the next 6 weeks the
inspectors
are likely to be ordered out of Iraq, regardless of what they do or
don't find,
just as happened in 1998 when Clinton sent a few rockets. This time it
won't be
just rockets but boots will follow. This is inevitable because one
cannot possibly assemble such a vast invasion force in the Gulf States,
as we
are doing now, and then tell the troops, "Thanks for coming, but it's
time
to go home!" This is so preposterous that it need not be
discussed
further.
The only question is the date when the sky over
Baghdad will
be raining bombs again. Our president may have to coordinate
this with
his "good friend" Ariel. Sharon has an election
coming up on January 28 and is likely to win. His
opponent the
well-meaning mayor of Haifa, who runs on the sensible platform of
disengagement
from the occupied territories, will probably get beaten. Sanity is not
in
demand; neither here nor in Israel. Once Sharon is firm in the
saddle
again there is nothing that can stop the war because the map of the
Middle East
needs to be redrawn in Israel's favor. There are already
rumblings
from Jerusalem that Sharon is not happy about the Lebanese who had the
audacity
to drill a well in their own country which diverts water from the
Jordan river
upon which Israel depends. They also tolerate Hizbollah which
intermittently
sends some rockets into Galilee, and since they wouldn't do so without
Syrian
support this state which "harbors terrorists" will also have to be
democratized by military means. Furthermore, this could be finally the
opportunity to get rid of the Palestinians who can be expelled into
Jordan and
this country will likewise become a democracy under joint Israeli-U.S.
protection.
Then the dream of a Greater Israel, some Zionists had longed for since
the
establishment of the state, will have been realized. This is not total
fantasy
because we have been told that the U.S. and Israeli Chiefs of
Staff are
coordinating their plans for the upcoming war.
There is no doubt that all of this is militarily feasible
because the mentioned states are simply no match for our "precision
weapons" with their "depleted" uranium war heads which smash
through whatever is in their way and subsequently leave it as a
radioactive
health hazard for ever and ever more. That this is a fact of life is
testified
to by the remainder of Iraqi and Serbian tanks in their respective
battlefields. All right, we have achieved our military
objective, now
what? We are going home and let the rest of the world clean up
the
mess we have left behind? This seems to be the thinking of our
planners. But Mars
has a nasty habit that once his door has been opened he enjoys
himself
to such an extent that he is loath to go back and
have the
door shut on him again. The above painted scenario assumes that after
we've
"democratized" the mentioned states we are free to go after the
junior partner of the axis of evil, Kim Jong Il, get rid of his bomb
and then
liberate the Iranians from their ayatollahs. Oil will flow in
abundance, the
economy will boom and re-election is in the bag. The Wilsonian dream
has been
achieved, the world is safe for democracy, the messianic kingdom has
arrived
and will endure as Pax Americana forever. Is this really how
the
people who are responsible for our future see the world?
The fly in the ointment is those nasty Muslim
extremists who are supposed to stay quiet and keep Musharraf, as well
as all
our other clients in the area, in office. They may not be
inclined to
do so and are bound to extract their price from us by
continued
terror attacks. Regardless how many laws and restrictions are
being
passed there is simply no way to make us "safe."
Again, Israel is the model and the warning. They went
this
route since 1967 and are currently worse off than they were before that
war.
This is a lesson one doesn't want to hear about and will, therefore,
have to be
relearned.
But back to the title of this essay and Deconstructionism
because this is what our leadership and intellectuals are engaged in.
The word
did not exist as a concept in the 1960 Encyclopedia Britannica but it
does show
up on the mentioned CD ROM. When I looked for it, the article on Nietzsche
appeared. He was the father with his Umwertung aller Werte,
transvaluation of all values, which his as well as Freud's
disciples put into practice. The phenomenal irony
is that Nietzsche's evil genius was released by microscopic
worms,
spirochetes, which slowly but surely ate up his brain. We have
to
thank a prostitute for this gift to the world. Had he not lost, due to
syphilis, the function of parts of his frontal lobes, he would not have
shown
this phenomenal lack of inhibition and he would not have produced the
books he
became famous for. Die Geburt der Tragoedie, Morgenroete , Froehliche Wissenschaft
and
whatever else he had published prior to 1883 wouldn't have made a
ripple among
intellectuals. It was Zarathustra and what followed
thereafter,
written in a manic state, which cemented his fame.
It surely makes one wonder what runs this world.
Maybe Empedocles
had the answer twenty four hundred years ago. He posited
the
cyclical dominance of one of two forces: Love and Strife.
While Love
is constructive, Strife tears apart. In the
nineteen-fifties
we still had Love in this country, it degenerated into Lust and now
Strife
rules. How long will it be before Love has a chance to return?
February 1, 2003
RHETORIC OF WAR
In contrast to magazines which routinely predate their issues by several days, these essays are
indeed sent to the web on the mentioned date. This means, however, that in these fast moving
times events may occur which were unexpected and have to be commented upon. The Columbia
shuttle explosion which happened this morning was one of those. What might have been simply a
national tragedy, similar to the Challenger disaster, has potentially the makings of an
international catastrophe. One of the crew members was an Israeli Air Force officer and the
hopes of his entire country were flying with him. He was the shining star in the midst of gloom
which was suddenly extinguished in a mass of disintegrating debris. Since mission command had
lost contact with the shuttle crew 15 minutes before impact, while the shuttle was still at an
altitude of 200,000 feet, any type of terrorist action initiated from the ground is highly unlikely.
Nevertheless, there is hardly any doubt that conspiracy theorists will immediately go to work,
especially since the Israeli officer had piloted one of the planes that bombed Iraq's nuclear reactor
in 1981. It is clearly too early to gauge Israeli and American reactions to this tragedy and I shall
abstain from speculating. The following article was written during the past two days and
inasmuch as today's tragedy does not invalidate any aspect of it I shall leave it in its original
form.
This was the week where the course for the current decade and possibly beyond was set.
Sharon was, as expected, re-elected and has already spurned an offer by Arafat to enter into
negotiations about the conditions the Palestinians are forced to live under. There will, therefore,
be continued stalemate and further bloodshed in that country. As predicted in the April 1,
2002 installment Palestinian State or Israeli Protectorate, Sharon has in the meantime
indeed re-occupied the West Bank and major portions of Gaza, although he has so far
refrained from martyring Arafat. To foresee events like these does not take special prophetic
powers. All one has to know is the character of the leaders of a given nation and their actions
become predictable. Any hope for an early peace in Israel has been destroyed by Sharon's
re-election and the situation will continue to have to go from bad to worse. Eventually the Israelis
may wake up, say enough is enough and follow Mitzna's disengagement plan which actually
dates back to 1968 as pointed out in Whither Zionism?. Unfortunately the majority of Israelis
are not yet ready to face these harsh facts of life and continue to believe that Might makes Right,
that fear will spawn hate, and hate combined with military force will eventually triumph.
That was also Hitler's fantasy.
The fate of Israel would not necessarily be of major concern to Americans had our politicians not
yoked us, apparently irrevocably, to Jerusalem's policies for reasons which were spelled out in
the Unholy Alliance article of May 1, 2002. President Bush seems to have a rather simplistic
view of the world. There is only good and evil. He has declared after 9/11: Who is not with
us, is against us. The inhabitants of this world are now being divided by Washington into those
who are good, i.e. they agree with America's point of view; or evil, namely those who disagree
and especially those who oppose us by means of terror. States who pursue an independent
nuclear policy are "rogue states" and have to be dealt with by the American military. We
are after all "the only superpower" and have the best trained army in the world. As the former
Secretary of State, Madelaine Albright, reportedly told the generals who were reluctant to get
entangled in Balkan politics: what good is it to have such a wonderful military if you don't want
to use it? Now we have a President who does want to use it because it has been reported that he
sees himself as an instrument of Providence to rid the world of evil. An inner belief of this type
should raise concern because it brings inevitably past history to mind.
In his State of the Union speech our President made it clear that he feels America has been
chosen by history to rectify evil throughout the world, but most urgently in Iraq. "America
and the world will not be blackmailed . . . . A brutal dictator with a history of reckless
aggression, with ties to terrorism, and great potential wealth in a vital region will not be
permitted to threaten the United States." He has "shown utter contempt for the United
Nations and the opinion of the world . . . . It is up to Iraq "to account for what happened to the
"25,000 liters of anthrax, the 38,000 liters of botulism toxin, the 500,000 tons of sarin, mustard
and VX agents" as well as the "30,000 munitions capable of delivering chemical agents." The
"high strength aluminum tubes" capable for developing nuclear weapons were also referred to
although an hour earlier the Chief Nuclear Weapons Inspector, Mohamed El Baradei, had told us
in a TV interview that the aluminum tubes had nothing to with atomic weapons, and that his
experts have so far been unable to detect anything that would raise concerns. The President then
asked the rhetorical question what all of this arsenal is good for. "But why? The only possible
explanation, the only possible use he could have for these weapons is to dominate,
intimidate or attack." He could "resume his ambition of conquest and create deadly havoc in
this region . . . . Trusting in the sanity and restraint of Saddam Hussein is not a strategy and
it is not an option." Subsequently the President enumerated again the major sins Saddam has
already committed. He used poison gas "on whole villages leaving thousands of its civilians
dead, blind or disfigured." He, tortured "children while their parents watched." Saddam's CIA
personnel poses as scientists and the real scientists are forbidden to talk to UN inspectors on pain
of death, which includes their families. In Saddam's prisons tongues have been ripped out, skin
burned with acid and there is rape. The President declared that "If this is not evil, then evil
has no meaning." He went on to say that "We fight reluctantly, we strive for peace," but "if
war is forced upon us we will fight in a just cause with just means, sparing the innocent,"
but we will "fight with the full force of the American military and we will prevail."
Although God has been banished from U.S. schools He seems to be alive when needed and the
President concluded with the assurance that He will help us and finished with the familiar refrain
of "God bless America."
I have recited the essence of this speech in such detail because Central Europeans of my
generation have heard this type of language before when an attempt was made to create
enthusiasm for war, which was notably lacking by the populace. The year was 1938 and the
evil person, for Germany was in those days Mr. Benes, the President of Czechoslovakia. In the
middle of September the Sudeten crisis was in full bloom. Chamberlain had twice,
unsuccessfully, met with Hitler who had kept upping the ante and war seemed imminent. Hitler's
September, 26 speech in the Sportpalast gave the signal for, and the cause of, the impending
war. As everybody knows he was, like Fidel Castro, exceedingly loquacious and his speech -
reprinted in Domarus' Hitler Reden 1932-1945 kommentiert von einem Zeitgenossen - takes up 8
pages even in shortened form.
Before going any further let it be understood quite clearly that I am not comparing the
person of President Bush with Hitler; or that of Saddam Hussein with Benes. All I intend
to do is to show how the rhetoric which is used to whip up enthusiasm for war is timeless,
the same the world over, and can be used by anybody. Here are some key morsels from that
speech but I am somewhat handicapped by Domarus excerpts' because the main hate tirade
against Benes was omitted. Domarus merely mentioned that it had occurred. Nevertheless what is
printed is enough to give the flavor. The following are direct quotes when translated from
German. "The question which has so deeply concerned us during the past months and weeks is
well known: It is not so much: Czecho-slovakia, it is: Mister Benes," whom Hitler called "the
father of lies, responsible for the slaughter [niedermetzeln] of thousands of Germans."
Hitler then went on to recite, what Domarus appropriately calls, the "Parteierzählung," namely
his regularly repeated mantra of how he, the poor orphan and unknown soldier, had been led by
Providence to first head the party, then the Reich and now, after the incorporation of Austria,
Greater Germany. But eventually he got back to Benes who had created this state
(Czechoslovakia) from a lie because he promised a Swiss type model where all the minorities
were supposed to have had equal rights. This never came to pass "he started a regime of
terror!" When members of the three and a half million German minority protested they were
"shot down . . . . Mr Benes had decided to slowly but inexorably exterminate the German
population . . . . He has succeeded to a certain extent. He has thrown innumerable human
beings into the deepest despair. Through unabashed use of his terror he has succeeded to
silence and frighten these millions while at the same time the international obligation of this
state became clear. This state [CSR] is now used by Bolshevism as its entry door," and it
represents an airbase which threatens all of Germany. Benes' enslavement of the people by
the military leads "to gruesome figures: in one day 10,000 refugees, on the next 20,000, one day
later now 37,000, again two days later 41,000, then 62,000, then 78,000, now there are 90,000,
137,000, and today 241,000. Entire districts are being depopulated, villages are being
burned down; with grenades and gas one attempts to smoke out Germans [ausräuchern] . .
. . The time has come for plain talk . . . . If anybody has that amount of patience as we have
had in the past one can surely not say that we are eager for war." Hitler ended the speech
with the statement that he had given Benes his outline for a peaceful solution, which included
incorporation of the German speaking areas of the CSR into Greater Germany. "The decision is
now in his [Benes'] own hand! Peace or War! He will either accept this offer and give the
Germans at last their freedom or we shall bring about this freedom by ourselves . . . . We are
resolute! Mister Benes may choose now!"
Let me re-iterate, there is no doubt that Hitler not only exaggerated but used outright lies,
especially when he declared in the same speech, that once the Sudeten question has been settled
in his favor he has no further territorial demands in Europe and specifically, "we don't want any
Czechs." His motive, however, was not the plight of the Sudeten Germans but
Czechoslovakia had to disappear so that he could then proceed with his march to the East.
Lest there be a misunderstanding I want to state once more that President Bush and his speech
writers acted in good faith but the point is that rhetoric has consequences and in this
respect the two speeches are a good example for how to inflame public opinion at home and
abroad. Hitler's war against Benes was avoided at the last minute by the Munich conference,
which is now universally condemned as appeasement. Nevertheless, it had its value at the time
because neither England nor France could have helped the Czechs in 1938, just as they could not
help the Poles a year later, when they did declare war on Germany. The year England gained
enabled her to build up the RAF and defeat the Luftwaffe in the battle of Britain another year
later. Chamberlain deserves better than the "bad rap" he is currently receiving. While
Churchill pushed for war in 1938 and is now held up as the paragon of wisdom it must be
admitted that although he won the war he lost the empire as a result of it. The outcome of wars
tends to be quite unpredictable.
But back to the President's speech and the comparison. In both instances, the adversary is
depicted as an individual consumed by utter evil. In both instances figures are trotted out,
to demonstrate that an intolerable situation exists. In both instances it is emphasized that if
the condition is not immediately rectified the most dire results will occur and in both
instances the choice between peace or war is attributed to the adversary. The danger in
Hitler's case was the threat of Bolshevism, which had served him exceedingly well throughout
his career, and in the current instance it is the specter of atomic or biochemical annihilation of
our cities by terrorists. Although Hitler did not use the phrase "this war which has been forced
upon us" on this occasion it was regularly employed after the victorious Poland campaign, when
he saw no reason to continue the war with the West. He wanted to go East because that was
where the empty spaces and material resources lay which he coveted.
Bush's premise is that America is in mortal danger from this "madman," Saddam, and
immediate action to disarm him is required. But just as in 1938 there is a hidden agenda.
Disarmament is clearly not enough. It needs "regime change" and unless there is a coup inside
Iraq, or Saddam were to be willing to go into exile with his family, as well as the top leaders of
the Ba'th party, this can only be accomplished by American military ground forces. But we don't
want just "any regime," we need a client state in the area because there happens to be the
proverbial elephant in the living room in the region of whom nobody talks about here. It is
Israel, who as our friend and not just ally, needs friendly regimes as neighbors. Neither the Turks,
the Syrians, the Jordanians, the Saudis and maybe even the Kuwaiti seem to be particularly afraid
of Saddam's WMDs. So it does boil down to Israeli politics, the regional nuclear superpower.
Bush's rhetorical question why Saddam needs his WMDs has another answer. They are
Saddam's life insurance and not necessarily intended for the purposes mentioned by the
President. His nuclear reactor was bombed once by the Israelis and he may want to make
sure that if they attempted to interfere again in what he regards as his own internal affairs
they would suffer the consequences.
Now let us take this point a step further. Granted that Saddam has no conscience and will do
anything to stay in power. Granted further that he has some WMDs, does it follow that he
will use them to antagonize us on purpose? I have dealt with this question in the December,
2001 installment on War on Terrorism and can find no reason from his past behavior that
he is suicidal. The total annihilation of his country would be assured if he indeed launched germ
or chemical warfare against us without a prior invasion. Let us in addition think unpopular
thoughts and place ourselves in his shoes. The President has declared that "trusting in the
sanity and restraint of Saddam Hussein is not an option." What would you do if you were to be
devoid of a conscience, your life is on the line, and your country is invaded by a superior
force? Would you not want to use whatever WMD is in your arsenal and in addition give
some left overs to known terrorists? Thus our policy instead of decreasing the threat of
terror might actually increase it geometrically.
This leaves aside the unrest which is likely to be spawned in other Arab and Muslim nations,
who have a vast revoir of human suicide bombers. Our announced policy to stomp out evil in
the world wherever it exists cannot succeed. It assumes a static world, where we can enforce
our will wherever we want. This assumption is fundamentally flawed because the laws of
physics assure us that for every action there is a re-action. We also know from history that there
are no "final solutions." "A New Order" in the world by rearranging borders has always had a
short life span. It was pursued by Hitler in Europe, by Japan in East Asia, and most recently by
the President's father, who promised that he would "bomb Bagdhad back into the stone age." The
only universal law of life is change and Fukuyama's "End of History," in the sense of absence of
wars and revolutions, will never arrive as long as there is a human rather than humane race.
It seems clear, to me at least, that whatever we do in the Middle East cannot lead to
permanent peace in the area unless the Palestinian problem is addressed. It is this purulent
wound which poisons not only the region but our active support of Israeli policies,
threatens our own future and that of our children. Last year the President chided the UN for
not enforcing its decisions on Iraq and he did so again this week. But Iraq and North Korea
are not the only states which thumb their noses at the UN. So does Israel and the silence
from our part in this respect is truly deafening. Nevertheless, the rest of the world sees what is
going on and will accuse us, not without good cause, of hypocrisy. Hiding behind noble words
and calling opponents to Likud policies anti-Semites is not likely to succeed forever and we
are squandering whatever good will America has built up in the world over the past century.
Neither is it correct to assume that all the people in this country, and abroad, who oppose a
war against Iraq at this time are professional protesters and "cooks." We have faith-based
groups both here in Utah, as well as the country at large who do not believe that the current
situation meets the Christian theologic preconditions for a "just war." Abroad, Germans are
chided for being opposed to the war, because they should toe the American line. After all, we
have liberated these ingrates once, and the French even twice. That Americans have insisted
after WWII that Germans change into pacifists is not to be remembered. Furthermore,
citizens of the former Greater Germany have their collective noses utterly full from,
"Führer befiehl, wir folgen." They did follow their leader, blindly trusting in his good will,
and it destroyed their countries. Questions about the wisdom of leaders should not be ridiculed
or snuffed out but honestly debated. This debate should take place in broad daylight rather than
behind closed doors.
The most important question is: Why Now? This is the first question every physician asks when
a patient comes with a chronic illness. Our Secretary of State will give the answer to the world
next week. But, General Powell please pardon me for being skeptical. If we had unequivocal
proof for Saddam's imminent threat to our shores we would have no hesitation sharing it
with the rest of the world. The fact that the President himself did not announce it this week
seems to indicate that he wants to gain some additional time. The Turks should cooperate with an
invasion from the north and the buildup of military forces in the Gulf. seems to have progressed
slower than expected. There may also have been some procurement snags with the protective
suits against toxic agents. But as the President said, "We are talking weeks and not months."
This is the point where Rhetoric of War comes back to haunt us. The President has painted
himself with his own words into a corner from which he will find it very difficult, if not
impossible, to extricate himself. Words have consequences and once they have left the mouth
of the speaker they assume a life of their own.
In the February 2002 installment The Great Satan I have made the point that when one is
faced with a difficult decision whether to act immediately or consider first the potential
consequences, one should keep in mind that God has time! The good and the true will still be
available to us after deliberation and consultation with others. Only "satan," the adversary,
lacks time and urges us into precipitous action. When we are told that "time is running out,"
we have both the right and the duty to ask "Why?" A reasonable course of action would be to
allow the UN inspectors whatever time they require to do their job. Saddam cannot be an
immediate threat as long as they are in his country and we can use the time to address
other more pressing issues. The economy needs to be rescued here at home, rather than
stressed further with a war and a prolonged occupation of Iraq. The war against terrorism
needs to be continued with international cooperation of police and intelligence services. The
job in Bosnia, Kosovo, rump Yugoslavia and especially Afghanistan has been left
unfinished. We promised these people better lives but have failed to come through with the
necessary action. To promote HIV-AIDS relief for Africa is laudable but hardly deserves the
priority assigned to it by the President when we have so many other pressing problems and a
massive, steadily growing, budget deficit. In addition, and perhaps most importantly, we
should use the time gained, by allowing the inspections to proceed, to finally use our
influence to bring the Palestinian tragedy to a reasonable conclusion. By showing genuine
impartiality towards Jews and Arabs alike we may be able to turn world opinion in our favor
again. We should not allow the perception to continue that Israel's policies determine those of
Washington. The elephant in the living room has to be addressed. If we don't do it ourselves
the Arabs will, but in a manner we are not going to like. Concrete actions which promote
peace and good will should now be the order of the day rather than Good and Evil rhetoric
and "My way or No Way."
March 1, 2003
FROM HOMO SAPIENS TO THE NAKED APE
In the middle of the 18th century the
botanist
Carolus Linnaeus bestowed the title Man the
Wise
on our species and genus. This sense of pride and optimism seemed to be
justified because of the phenomenal strides which were being made at
that time
in the sciences and humanities. It was the era of the Enlightenment
which laid the foundations for our modern world. The fundamental laws
of
physics, discovered in the previous century by Newton and Huygens, were
refined. In medicine Boerhaave introduced bedside teaching; Halle wrote
the
first modern textbook of physiology; Morgagni introduced the anatomic
concept
into the diagnosis and treatment of illness; Réaumur not only
invented the
thermometer but also showed that the first stage of digestion results
from the
action of stomach acid, rather than fermentation or contraction of
muscle walls
as had been assumed previously; Galvani demonstrated that muscle can
contract
as a result of electricity, and these are just a few names from a long
list.
It was, however, the social philosophers starting
with Locke,
and subsequently Hume, Montesquieu, Rousseau, and Voltaire who led
the
fight for reason over religious dogma. All of the then current
knowledge was compiled in a seventeen volume encyclopedia to make it
available
for the people at large. As Diderot one of the editors remarked, "Our
children,
better instructed than we, may at the same time become more virtuous
and
happy." D'Alembert, the other "encyclopedist," remarked:
"Our century is the century of philosophy par excellence. If one
considers
without bias the present state of our knowledge one cannot deny that
philosophy
among us has shown progress." It was probably no coincidence that at
the
same time harmony was added in music
to
the previously prevalent polyphony, and in the decorative
arts what was termed rococo, which stood for
lightness,
grace and elegance, became dominant.
Nevertheless the fact that all was not well with Homo sapiens
was
hinted at in politics, which went on as usual.
Frederick II of Prussia, who became known as Frederick
the
Great, started his "preventive war" in 1756.
He had previously exploited Austria's weakness after the death of
Charles VI by
taking Silesia away from the young Maria Theresia who had inherited her
father's empire. Austria's coalition with France and Russia in 1756 was
supposed to have rectified that situation and to put Frederick in his
place.
But nobody expected that it would last seven years. When
der
grosze Fritz (Hitler's model) had finally won
with the assistance of British money and the fortuitous death of the
Czarina,
which removed Russia from the alliance, the face of the world
had
changed. France had lost most of her
overseas
possessions in America as well as India to the Brits and was
financially exhausted. Austria had not only
permanently lost Silesia but the House of Habsburg
which had
supplied the German Emperors for the past several centuries was now
challenged
by the Hohenzollers of Prussia. The conflict between Berlin
and Vienna
as to who was to have the dominant voice in German
affairs had
begun and found its culmination on March
15,
1938 when the German army paraded before Hitler over Vienna's
Ringstrasse.
The ultimate symbolic irony was that the reviewing stand had been
erected in
front of the monument to Maria Theresia who had led the fight against
the great
Fritz. She had to stare at Hitler's rear end who represented everything
that
was abhorrent to the Austrian spirit.
Apart from Prussia, the other winner
was Britain
because the foundations for her empire, which lasted
somewhat
less than two hundred years, were laid with this treaty of
Paris in
1773. While they basked in glory for a few years they soon
found out
that the American colonials were now no
longer content
to remain colonials but in the spirit of the enlightenment
wanted their
say-so in the London parliament. British arrogance refused to
talk
to these uncouth upstarts with the American War of
Independence the
outcome. It was a given that the colonists could not have won
their
war against the British had the French not smelled a chance for revanche
and supported Washington. All the rest is, of course, known but if
one
were to ask any American High School graduate today
what role
Montesquieu had played in this whole drama one would
get a
"Monte who?" Yet it was he, who in his The Spirit of
Laws had laid down the principles how a state should be governed.
It was
precisely this document that gave rise to the American Constitution,
which is
so sadly abused today.
To return to the consequences of the 1773 Paris' treaty.
While
in the short run the British prospered,
it laid
in the long run the foundation for the demise of their empire.
They had
nurtured Prussia into a semi-great power but the Hohenzollerns
were
not satisfied with that and when they demanded full equality with the
British.
This had to be denied to them because the Kaiser was "evil." The
result was WWI, which led in turn directly to the second one. The other
phenomenal
irony of history is that Hitler actually wanted to
help
preserve the British Empire because it held the "inferior
races" in their place and because he was a man of the infantry rather
than
a sailor. Overseas possession could be safely left to the Brits as long
as they
acquiesced to his taking the European East for German colonization. But
Churchill, the navy man, was suspicious and wanted
to
preserve the empire under American protection. That Roosevelt
had no use for empires, except his own, dawned on him too late
when
England was no longer in a position to refuse American demands. Churchill
had survived the war, one really shouldn't say won, but
he had lost his job and the empire. The real winners
were
America and the Soviet Union. Our President should ponder this fact of
history
when he contemplates the picture of his hero which supposedly hangs in
his office.
He might also keep the fate of both Churchill and that of his own
father in
mind. After they had been successful in their wars, they were removed
from
office!
By 1789 and 1793 when kids started playing soccer with decapitated
heads in the
streets of Paris under the name of liberty, equality and brotherhood
some
doubts as to the perfectibility of our species were bound to arise. As
the
sciences progressed Lamarck developed the concept of evolution
in form of a ladder. At the bottom resided the ameba and Homo
sapiens
was still on top. Darwin subsequently substituted the
ladder
for a tree and established the close kinship between man and apes.
Interestingly enough he called his epochal book the "Descent"
of Man rather than "Ascent" and as history has proven
subsequently this was amply justified. Even more apt was the date when
the book
was published. The Franco-Prussian war had also started in 1871. The
quick
victory with the resultant unification of Germany under the Prussian
king, who
became German emperor, pushed Austria irreversibly into the Balkans and
was as
such another cause of the Great War slightly over forty years later.
The
humiliated French wanted revenge, the Brits didn't like the arrogance
of Cousin
Willie, and the Russians had no use for the Austrians in the Balkans.
Nationalism had become the rallying cry of
the age.
Nations had to be liberated from their "oppressors,"
and the way was paved for what Grillparzer (Austria's
greatest
19th century dramatist) called, "from humanism,
through
nationalism to bestialism." Small wonder that Nietzsche
appeared
on the scene a few years later with the Uebermensch as the
solution to
the problems of the human race. The will to power
where the
stronger dominate, and if necessary exterminate, the weaker in
perpetual
warfare provided the justification for the events of
what has
been called the "execrable" twentieth century.
Although Darwin had already disabused us of the
notion that human
beings are something special and had shown that our emotions
find their
counterpart in other animals it was up to Professor Desmond
Morris to finally put us in our place. Homo
sapiens was gone and The Naked Ape emerged in
1967.
The book with the same title was an instant bestseller and it is still
rightly
regarded as a classic. In it Dr. Morris detailed with great care how all
of our behavioral traits in regard to: child rearing,
exploration,
fighting, feeding, and comfort seeking are in no way unique but simply
the expression of our animal heritage.
As a zoologist Dr. Morris did not address himself to the problem of
verbal and
written language, our proudest achievement. For a neurologist like me
language,
and its function in health and disease, is of course of paramount
interest and
it has become obvious that the abuse of language is
nowadays the
greatest danger to our civilization. The spoken and written
word
allows us not only to express our desires, fantasies and opinions but
it has
also enabled the naked ape to create a truly staggering array of lies,
with
which he threatens and deludes himself as well as others. This brings
us to our
current century which has all the hallmarks of
becoming even
more "execrable" than the one we have left behind.
Why should this be so and why do wars repeat in endless
cycles? The
simple answer is that human passions have never
changed and only the excuses for war have.
As is
apparent to anyone who has a grasp of history wars never solve
a
problem they simply pave the way for the next one.
In
addition the last century has shown that wars
have
become increasingly vicious and that the lines
between
combatants and the civilian
population
have become thoroughly blurred. When cities are
bombed and the
infrastructure for the population is destroyed in order to eliminate
the enemy
one should not be surprised that adversaries who lack military power
will use
guerilla tactics, which have never differentiated between civilians and
soldiers. When the "terrorist" leader
of the Irgun Zvai Leumi, Menachem Begin, blew up the King
David hotel
in Jerusalem in 1946, because it was the headquarters of the
British
mandate forces, and killed 91 people the end, namely
the
creation of a Jewish state, justified the means. By
1977 he was Prime Minister of Israel and in 1978
he
received the Nobel Peace prize, jointly with Anwar
Saddat. The
fact that he was in violation of numerous UN Security Council
resolutions
urging Israel to vacate the territories conquered in the 1967 war
(which was
likewise waged for "preventive" reasons) was obviously of no concern.
One need to choose one's "friends" wisely and when one has the
backing of the United States one can safely ignore the UN.
Saddam Hussein was not so lucky. He
thought
that he could get away with an invasion of Kuwait but that was not to
be
condoned and our erstwhile friend and ally against the Ayatollah of
Iran became
the "Butcher of Baghdad" who not only had to be give up his
ill-gotten gains but has been under quarantine ever since. Currently
the Bush
administration regards it as imperative that he be removed from power
within
the next few weeks, come what may. As is obvious from the foregoing power
politics are as old as civilization. What is
somewhat
new is that it is no longer admitted to but couched
in
moral language. Saddam is not just
another
despot, with a long history of others of his ilk, but
he is profoundly evil and it is this evil
that our morality requires us to lead a "just war"
directed towards his removal.
At this point Homo sapiens has fully abdicated
and
the naked ape has come into his own. Some of today's newspaper
headlines are telling, "The True Ethical Position Is
to
Give War a Chance and Vanquish Evil;" or "Time to Go
to War and Exterminate the Evil Butcher of Baghdad." Although
Saddam has no means to significantly harm the United States while Kim
Il Jong
of North Korea does, we are told that it is "moral" to remove
Saddam but it would be "immoral" to apply the same
treatment to little Kim. The latter could
retaliate
and cause significant casualties while our losses in Iraq, apart from
"collateral damage" to Iraqi civilians are likely to be minimal. With
other words it is moral to go after a weak bully but you
better stay
away from one who could significantly hurt you. This is the law of the
jungle
and has nothing to do with morality.
In order to make an Iraq war palatable the American public
is
currently being subjected to an incessant barrage of fear and
hate.
During the "hadj" our government had decreed that we have to live
under "code orange" of serious danger and which is only one step
removed from code red, where presumably the whole nation comes to a
grinding
halt. This alert sent people scurrying to stores for duct tape and
plastic
sheets to make their homes terrorist proof. Two days ago the risk was
reduced
to yellow which indicates only "significant" threat conditions. Since
yellow is a color which is in the popular mind not particularly
associated with
heroism, Osama can congratulate himself on how our leadership has taken
and
continues to take his bait.
As far as hate goes the same author, who wants to "exterminate"
Saddam also wrote this week that "Bush Must Bring Hammer Down
on
Militant Muslims in our Midst." In the previous installment
"Rhetoric of War" I have mentioned that Hitler and President Bush
used the same type of language to influence their respective audiences.
Now Cal
Thomas, the author of the two mentioned pieces, chimes in with phraseology
right out of the Goebbels kitchen. In
1938
we could have read in the |